Skip to main content

Full text of "The World's Work 1912-04: Vol 23 Iss 6"

See other formats































WO rIinpor emawy PA OEY ©. I TXRATI A ATE 








Copy’t aod 
Broothorn 




























Photo . ed Copy't Photo 
Mishkin Gerlach Foley Gerlach 
Caruso Melba Farrar Tetrazzini Scotti 
Goa a 
. so 
\ J] HERE a comparatively few years ago 
grand opera was a luxury for the re 
SSG select few, millions now enjoy it every day p 2m 
Matfer in their own homes on the Victor. er 
Gadski This wonderful instrument not only ime 
Sembrich 


brings to you the masterpieces of opera, 
but they are rendered by the selfsame. 
artists who are captivating hosts of opera 
enthusiasts in the leading opera houses— 





™ the world’s greatest artists who make 
/, Copy’t ° / 
| Dupont records only for the Victor. “re 
Homer And the next moment you can be listening to — 
the gems of song from the sparkling musical Schumann-Heink 


comedies, or being entertained by the leading 
fun-makers. 

It is only a step from grand opera and the 
classical to the lighter forms of music, for the 
Victor is wonderfully versatile and changes at 





Gopy't will from grand opera to ragtime, from minstrel 
show to sacred music, from vocal selections to 
Amato instrumental numbers; the very music you like Sammarco 


best at the very time you want to hear it. 


Victor- ¢ Victors 
Victrolas oe $10 to $100 
$15 to $200 
of 



























ihe 

Any Victor dealer in any city in the world pose 
will gladly play any Victor music you wish to 
hear and demonstrate to you the wonderful 
Victor-Victrola. 





<HIS MASTERS VOICE” 
RES. U.S. PAT. OFF. 


Victor Talking Machine Co. 
Camden, N. J., U.S. A. 


Berliner Gramophone Co., Montreal, Canadian Distributors. 


Victor-Victrola IX, $50 New Victor Records are on sale . . . 1.$200 
Mahogany or oak at all dealers on the 28th of each month a Bcnhary 








Se MEEe Es 





nt 











sibuentiamianamaeaiiamemanm 
Saaiaieaeemae 














The World’s Work 


WALTER H. PAGE, Eprror 








CONTENTS FOR APRIL, 1912 








Mr. William Dean Howells — - - - - - - - Frontispiece 
THE MARCH OF EVENTS—AN EbpiTorRIAL INTERPRETATION - - - 603 
Dr. Stephen Smith Miss Violet Oakley Mr. Arthur Nikisch 

‘Justice Mahlon Pitney The “Sandwich” Fire Engine 
A Very General Survey A World’s Work Farm Conference 
Mr. Roosevelt Again The Great Country Life Movement 
About the Third Term The Regeneration of Wall Street 
A Class War About French Revolutions and Such 
A Little Glimpse into China Things 
The Progress of Republican Govern- The Americanizing of France and the 

_ ‘ment Financing of Europe 

The Everglades Land Scandal An Unconscious Carrier of Death 
WHAT HAPPENED TO ONE WOMAN - - - - - - C.M.K.. 623 


AN AMERICAN ADVENTURE IN BRAZIL (Ills.) ALEXANDER P. RoGERS 625 
THE PENNSYLVANIA MOUNTED POLICE (llls.) F. Bratrr JAEKEL 641 
“WHAT | AM TRYING TO DO”—An Authorized Interview with 

Dr. Rupert Blue- - - - - - - - - - Tuomas F. LoGAn 653 


A FACTORY THAT OWNS ITSELF 
RICHARD AND FLORENCE Cross KITCHELT 658 


THE BISHOP OF THE ARCTIC (Illls.) - - F.Carrincton WEEMs 661 
“FRIENDS AND FELLOW CITIZENS” (Ills.) Witttam BayarD HALE 673 
THE BUREAU OF MUNICIPAL RESEARCH - - Henry BRUERE 683 


WHAT SHALL WE DO WITH OUR BANKS? — Jos. B. MARTINDALE 687 
HOW TO GET RID OF FLIES (Ills.) - FRANK PARKER STOCKBRIDGE 692 


A PRIMA DONNA AT TWENTY - - - - - - - - - = = = 704 
CHINA AS A REPUBLIC - - - - - - -  Proressor T. IYENAGA 706 
OUR STUPENDOUS YEARLY WASTE - - - - FRANK KOESTER 713 


TWO VIEWS OF THE “BACK TO THE LAND” MOVEMENT 
C. L.; RicHARD NICHOLSON 716 


THE MARCH OF THE CITIES - - - - -Epwarp T. WILLIAMS 719 
TERMS: $3.00 a year; single copies, 25 cents. For Foreign Postage add $1.28; Canada, 60 cents. 


Published monthly. Copyright, 1912, by Doubleday, Page & Company. 
All rights reserved. Entered at the Post-Office at Garden City, N. Y., as second-class mail matter. 








Country Life in America The Garden Magazine-Farming 


$118 Beopiee Gee Bide. DOUBLEDAY, PAGE & COMPANY, "neyo 


F. N. Doustepay, President Mpg tne  Vice- Presidents H.W. Lanter, Secretary S. A. Everirr, Treasurer 






































MR. WILLIAM DEAN HOWELLS 
WHOSE SEVENTY-FIFTH BIRTHDAY, ON MARCH IST, WAS CELEBRATED AS AN EVENT OF 
NATIONAL INTEREST IN THE CAREER OF THE KINDLY DEAN 
OF AMERICAN NOVELISTS 

















a) es eee > er ed 
No.2. 
oa Oh £ i OK 


APRIL, 


VoLuME XXIII 








1912 


NUMBER 6 


THE MARCH OF EVENTS 


STAGNANT world would soon 

begin to go backward and it 

would be very dull. Yet a 

warring world is disquieting 

and unhappy; and turn where 

you will now there is trouble. In the 
East that slept so long the struggle 
of China to set up a real government 
causes intermittent civil war and contin- 
uous unrest. The old rivalry between 
England and Russia goes on in Asia. 
Turkey and Italy are still at war. Eng- 
land has an internal industrial distur- 
bance of a magnitude that may imply 
a revolution in government; and England 
and Germany are yet in suspicious moods 
toward one another. In Central and 
South America there are not the frequent 
revolutions of former times, but there is 
constant danger of them. Mexico has 
not yet found stable government since 
the overthrow of Diaz. And in our own 
country we have industrial troubles and 
—a Presidential campaign. If, there- 
fore, one look about the world for trouble, 
there will be no difficulty in discovering it. 
But, suppose instead that one look for 
progress and human betterment, one will 
find these too in even more abundant 


measure. One of the results of universal 
and swift communication and_ publicity 
is that all the trouble in the world becomes 
quickly known. There are, for instance, 
two or three great quiet movements going 
on in the United States that mean incal- 
culable good to our people. One is the 
organization and betterment of country 
life, including the reconstruction of the 
rural school. Another is the improvement 
in agriculture whereby those who do till 
the earth are coming into a higher eco- 
nomic and social life. Another is the sani- 
tary improvement that goes on almost 
everywhere, notably in the Southern states. 

And, for that matter, even out of our 
political turmoil, clearer judgments will 
come. There is no other light as bright 
as the intense beating of publicity on 
men and measures that comes with a 
Presidential campaign. 

The great duty and the somewhat hard 
task in such a time is to keep one’s own 
attention to the main duties of life, to 
keep one’s own judgment free from warp- 
ing, to learn without being disturbed and 
—to do one’s business with quiet zeal. 

Neither the big world nor our own coun- 
try is going backward. 


Copyright, 1912, by Doubleday, Page & Co. All rights reserved. 











DR. STEPHEN SMITH 


AT 89, THE ACTIVE PRESIDENT OF THE NEW YORK STATE BOARD OF CHARITIES, WHO 
REMEMBERS WHEN BELLEVUE HOSPITAL WAS AN ALMSHOUSE, AND WHO FOUNDED 
THE FIRST AMERICAN TRAINING SCHOOL FOR NURSES IN 1872 

















JUSTICE MAHLON PITNEY 
FOUR YEARS CHANCELLOR OF NEW JERSEY, WHOM PRESIDENT TAFT RECENTLY NAMED 
AS ASSOCIATE JUSTICE OF THE SUPREME COURT TO SUCCEED 
THE LATE JUSTICE HARLAN 














MISS VIOLET OAKLEY 
WHO HAS BEEN CHOSEN TO COMPLETE THE IMPORTANT MURAL DECORATIONS IN THE 
CAPITOL AT HARRISBURG, PA., THAT WERE PLANNED AND BEGUN BY THE 
LATE EDWIN A. ABBEY 

















MR. ARTHUR NIKISCH 





THE DISTINGUISHED DIRECTOR OF THE BERLIN PHILHARMONIC ORCHESTRA, FORMERLY 
CONDUCTOR OF THE BOSTON SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA, WHO COMES TO AMERICA 
THIS MONTH TO DIRECT THE LONDON SYMPHONY CONCERTS 

















- * 


— > 
eI ctr a Ally 
os * 








THE “SANDWICH” FIRE ENGINE 


THAT TRAVELS THE STREETS OF NEW YORK CITY TO WARN CARELESS PEOPLE OF THE 
DANGER OF RECKLESS HANDLING OF MATCHES AND CIGARETTES 














, 














shines i 





THE MARCH OF EVENTS 609 


MR. ROOSEVELT AGAIN 


R. ROOSEVELT has disappointed 
M and shocked many of his friends 

by putting aside his declaration 
against a third term with the remark that 
of course he meant three consecutive 
terms; and he has shocked and disap- 
pointed others by what seems to them a 
lack of frank and open dealing with Mr. 
Taft. He has put himself in personal 
opposition to the President without giving 
the public in the beginning a sufficiently 
candid explanation of his change of mind 
about him. These failures in prompt 
frankness are more than a tactical mis- 
take. They lay him open to the suspicion 
of misconstruing his own declaration of 
1904 or of forgetting its plain meaning 
and to the suspicion of forgetting also the 
square deal. He stands, therefore, as a 
champion of the progressive spirit of 
popular government, but as a champion 
under personal suspicion of having been 
somewhat less than frank and somewhat 
less than fair. 

Nobody who has well known Mr. 
Roosevelt doubts his sincerity in thinking 
it his duty to run the risk of defeat for 
what he regards as the right spirit of 
government. But his entering the race 
under these circumstances does suggest 
the gnawing that Lincoln spoke of in 
connection with the Presidential ambition. 
Many great public men have suffered the 
hallucination that their own practised 
hand is necessary for the safe piloting of 
the ship; and this hallucination has often 
dried up generosity of judgment and 
narrowed the arc of vision. Consider 
the case of the deposed Bismarck. 

The need of a strong leader of the Pro- 
gressive wing of the Republican party is 
a mere incident of the moment. But Mr. 
Roosevelt’s change of mind about a solemn 
resolution and his personal opposition 
to Mr. Taft after their former relations 
are more than incidents. They are actions 
that will have a permanent influence in the 
appraisal that men are now making and 
will hereafter make of him and of the 
breadth and generosity of his judgment. 
Look at the whole incident as it is likely 
to appear twenty-five or even ten years 


hence, and it will inevitably present 
chiefly the aspects of an ugly personal 
contest. It was Mr. Roosevelt who se- 
lected Mr. Taft for his successor. If Mr. 
Taft has failed as President, that is a bad 
fact for Mr. Roosevelt’s judgment of men. 
If Mr. Taft has failed merely to adopt Mr. 
Roosevelt’s manner and spirit and his 
particular policies, then Mr. Roosevelt’s 
candidacy looks like an effort to punish 
him. In a word, Mr. Roosevelt is in a 
position to enter this race with somewhat 
less grace than any other man. He is 
open to these suspicions; and whether 
they are just or unjust, it is surely true 
that he has plunged the party and the 
country into a most bitter personal politi- 
cal contest that will have many unpleas- 
ant consequences. This is a high price 
to pay even for success. 

Yet in his belief in government for the 
people by the people he is in line with the 
true spirit of the Republic, unfortunate 
as he has recently been in trying to find 
definite and clear-cut expression of this 
belief in terms of immediate problems. 
If Mr. Taft’s mind is fettered by formal- 
ism, Mr. Roosevelt’s runs to extremes. 
The true American spirit will survive them 
both. It depends on no man and no party. 
It is inherent in the people and they will 
and do find many ways to express it. It 
is sheer vanity to assume that it depends 
on any one man. And the true American 
spirit, when applied to individual action, 
forbids any man from breaking over the 
bounds set by his own good faith with 
himself and with his countrymen, in an 
hour of humility and appreciation. 

The promise of the struggle at the begin- 
ning seems in favor of Mr. Taft. The 
bitter attack on him is helping the Presi- 
dent to regain something of his lost popu- 
larity, and it has provoked him to a degree 
of energy that, if shown throughout his ad- 
ministration, would have kept him in much 
higher popular favor. But Mr. Roosevelt 
of course, may win the nomination. The 
action of a convention is a hazardous 
thing to guess before most of the delegates 
are chosen. Yet the character of his 
support, as the contest begins, does not 
ensure victory. 

One odd fact is this —that in a fight 








610 


both are on the defensive, Mr. Roosevelt 
for a breach of -good faith and Mr. Taft 
for the shortcomings of his administration. 

Mr. Roosevelt’s nomination would be an 
acknowledgment of party desperation. 
The best way out of the difficulty for the 
Republican party would, if it were possible, 
be to nominate a dark horse — an accep- 
table Progressive like Senator Cummins 
or a man who has not been involved in 
this bitter inter-party fight, such as Justice 
Hughes. But in any event the party is 
in a dangerous plight — provided the 
Democratic party has the good judgment 
to nominate its strongest man. 


I] 


Its strongest man is Governor Wilson 
of New Jersey. There is no other Demo- 
cratic possibility in his class. He is of 
the progressive temperament, and a be- 
liever in the people; and his record as 
Governor of New Jersey is as good cre- 
dentials as any man has presented for the 
Presidency in our time. 

Of one fact there is little doubt: if 
primary elections were held in every state 
to choose delegates to the national con- 
ventions, Mr. Roosevelt and Mr. Wilson 
would almost surely be nominated. 


ABOUT THE THIRD TERM 


ASHINGTON and _ Jefferson 
each declined a third term as 
President, because they 


thought that a longer tenure of office 
than two terms was dangerous to true 
republican government. Their declara- 
tions made the unwritten law, which 
public opinion has ever since approved. 
But, if the people wish any man_ for 
President for three terms or four or 
five, there is no reason other than 
the danger or the folly of it, why they 
should not have him. 

There are objections, as Mr. Roosevelt 
has pointed out, to a third consecutive 
term that do not hold against a third term 
after an interval of retirement. The 
office-holding machine has been changed, 
and something of the danger of a con- 
tinuous bureaucracy has been averted. 
But these are minor considerations. 

The difference between a third con- 


THE WORLD’S WORK 


secutive term and a third term with an 
interval is not fundamental. For, what- 
ever real danger to the spirit of our insti- 
tutions there may be in one, there is also 
in the other. The essence of the objection 
to a third term under any conditions is the 
offense to right government given by 
building up a personal party, the offense 
of sheer hero-worship. 

The power of the President is almost 
incalculable; and, since he stands as the 
only officer of the Government who is 
elected by the whole people, he is thought 
to be more powerful than he is. The 
popular imagination has greatly magnified 
the office. Now the moment that any one 
man begins to think that his Presidency 
is necessary for the safety of the country 
or is so persuaded by his friends, he is in 
grave danger for that very reason of be- 
coming an improper man to be President; 
and the moment that any large body of 
men begin to think that only one man 
can save the country, they begin to form 
an unwholesome public opinion. A per- 
sonality takes the place in their minds of 
principles; and this is the gravest possible 
offense against true republican government. 

Such is the real objection to a third 
term, whether they be consecutive terms 
or not. In the case of Mr. Roosevelt 
there are the additional objections that 
he is breaking a solemn pledge as the 
people understood it and is confessing 
how bad his judgment was of the man he 
chose to succeed him. 

The third term “gnawing,” moreover, 
attacks Mr. Roosevelt’s extraordinary 
character precisely where it is weakest — 
his self-confidence, or, in plain English, his 
vanity. For he is extraordinary in this as 
in other qualities. If he should again 
become President, he would again make 
an extraordinary record. Again the whole 
government would become energetic. His 
incomparable activity would be felt in 
the remotest post office in the land. 
Again, too, his ambitions that the Govern- 
ment should serve the people in their 
social needs and become something more 
than the formal working of courts and 
custom-houses would find wide range. 
The toiling masses and the injustices 
worked by vested interests would become 




















THE MARCH OF EVENTS 


governmental problems. Herein is the 
strong appeal he makes to men who know 
how fast the world is changing and how 
fixed social wrongs become. In the old 
fight between men and property, Mr. 
Roosevelt is on the side of men. The 
multitude recognize this; and this is the 
secret of his popularity. 

Yet is a personal party less offensive 
because it has good aims? Is a hero 
in politics less un-American because he is 
a hero for the humanities? Is vanity in 


good causes less offensive than plain vanity - 


of other sorts? 

One way to put the truth is — We are 
not so poor in men as to confess that any 
one man.is necessary for our salvation. 
That is the real force in the objection to 
a third term whether it be consecutive or 
not.. And this feeling will play an im- 
portant part in shaping men’s preferences 
during the next few months. 


A CLASS WAR 


LASS war has come not only in the 
Old World but also in our world. 
The 

grand jury at Indianapolis of fifty-four 
labor leaders, most of .them members of 
the Bridge and Structural Iron Workers’ 
Association, and the strike of the oper- 
atives in the textile mills at Lawrence, 
Mass., and the attendant misdeeds in 
the efforts to end it — these events follow- 
ing the great excitement caused by the 
McNamara convictions at Los Angeles, 
have made it very plain that a considerable 
part of our population no longer regards 
a labor trouble as a single or local matter. 
Every clash is to them an event in a 
continuous warfare between two classes. 
The impending danger of grave trouble, 
when this is written, in the coal-mining 
regions is another provocation of similar 
discussion. 

We have continued to go on the theory 
that classes in the: United States are sub- 
ject to such rapid change that we need 
not fear class-warfare. But this com- 
fortable old idea is become a delusion. 
We had just as well face the truth. Where- 
ever the fault may lie, it has come to pass 
that in the minds of a very great number of 
men the working class and the owning 


indictment by a _ Federal: 


611 


class are with us. It is a sad confession 
to make in the United States. 

Timely and wise, therefore, is President 
Taft’s recommendation to Congress of a 
Commission on Industrial Relations to 
make a “patient and courageous” in- 
quiry. This may be a step toward some 
better machinery for insuring industrial 
justice and peace than any that we now 
have. For we need some means of quickly 
making the facts of every such trouble 
known. If nothing else can be done, 
quick and authoritative publicity can be 
given; and that is much. The dynamite 
outrages, for example, which extended 
over a number of years, went on without 
an awakening of the public to the fact 
that this coward y warfare was in contin- 
uous progress, until the great Los Angeles 
tragedy shocked the world. The fewest 
number of men know now the essential 
facts about the coal-mine trouble. Mere 
publicity will go far if it can be made 
promptly and with authority. 

The debatable area of governmental 
action affecting the organization of men 
on either side of this struggle; the grave 
problem of keeping freedom of contract 
unimpaired; the place where discipline 
ends and oppression begins on either side; 
the division of the profits of industry 
—these are the real problems of our 
industrial era. Beside them the tasks 
and policies that we label as “ politics” 
and discuss to weariness are insignificant. 


A LITTLE GLIMPSE INTO CHINA 


LETTER from a small city in 
California contains the following 
sentences: 

We went to Chinatown to see the Chinese 
New Year celebration Saturday night (Feb. 
17th). We wanted the children to see it, as 
it is to be the last. They are now Republicans, 
they say. We tried to get a dragon flag — 
the old style— but they said they were all 


destroyed. We got some new ones, the flag 
of the Chinese Republic. 

By such little tokens near at hand we 
may guess something of the mighty up- 
heaval that is now wrenching China. 
Suddenly through such a little arch of 
human sympathy as this we see vistas of 
real people stirred to unwonted passion 








THE WORLD'S WORK 



































REPUBLICAN GOVERNMENT FIFTY YEARS AGO 
THE AREAS MARKED IN BLACK SHOW THAT, OUTSIDE OF AMERICA, ONLY THREE REPUBLICS EXISTED 


by new ideals of life and government. 
Is it the birth of a new nation that we 
see, or is it only old and unchanged China 
turning over in its sleep? Is Western 
civilization about to see the last triumph 
in its conquest of the world, or does the 
sleeping sage still rule the spirits of that 
people? Is it true that “East is East 
and West is West and never the twain 
shall meet,” or is the oldest monarchy 
in the world to be the newest imitator 
of a Western republic? 

These questions perplex China no. less 
than they perplex us. Even so learned and 
sympathetic a student of Oriental affairs 
as Professor lyenaga, himself an Oriental, 
who writes elsewhere in this magazine 
of these problems, confesses that they 
baffle him. 


THE PROGRESS OF REPUBLICAN 
GOVERNMENT 


re \HE overthrow of the Manchu 

dynasty adds four hundred million 

to the population that lives under 
republican government. They are not 
bad material, either. In fact the Chinese 
probably have a better chance of success 
in their new venture than the Portuguese. 
Certainly they are at least as well fitted 
by temperament and training for self- 
government as the Japanese were when 
they got their constitution and entered 
upon the Era of Enlightenment; for 


the Chinese have no feudal system to 
bother them, and they are accustomed to 
managing their local affairs. They have 
the knack of forming voluntary societies 
for promoting movements and they have 
a competitive examination system. 

It is well to take a look backward and 
see how rapid has been the advance of 
the republican form of government 
throughout the world. A glance at the 
accompanying maps will show what prog- 
ress has been made within the lifetime 
of many of us. Fifty years ago Switzer- 
land was practically the only republic 
in Europe. In Africa there were only 
the Boer republics and Liberia. In Asia 
none. In America alone republicanism 
flourished, but here Brazil still had an 
emperor, and imperial France was engaged 
in overthrowing the Mexican republic. 

Now look on the map of to-day. France, 
Portugal, and Switzerland are conspicuous 
on the European continent. France and 
Portugal have the lion’s share of Africa. 
The Chinese Republic and the French 
possessions take up a large part of Asia. 
And America is all republican except 
Canada, the Guianas, and a few small 
islands. Or, to put it otherwise, the area 
under republican control in 1862 amounted 
to about 8,000,000 square miles. In 1912 
it amounted to more than 22,000,000 
square miles —an_ increase in territory of 
about 175 per cent. in 50 years. 























THE MARCH OF EVENTS _ 





am 

















REPUBLICAN 


GOVERNMENT TO-DAY 


SHOWING THAT A LARGE SHARE OF FOUR CONTINENTS IS EITHER REPUBLICAN OR DEPENDENT ON REPUBLICS 


The gain in population is much greater. 
In 1862 the inhabitants of republican 
territory numbered some 87,000,000. In 
1912 they, numbered more than 712,000,- 
ooo —a gain of 718 per cent. in the half 
century. 


THE POPULATION OF REPUBLICAN 
TERRITORY 


In 1862: 
ee 


In 1912: 





Of course these comparisons are be- 
tween purely formal republicanism, and 
do not accurately indicate the real spirit 
of all these governments. If we consider 
the aim and essence of popular govern- 
ment, its progress is still more encourag- 
ing, for practically the whole habitable 
world has within this period been brought 
under a constitutional régime of some 
sort. Even Russia, Japan, Turkey, and 
Persia have their parliaments, and Abys- 
sinia and Siam are no longer pure autoc- 
racies. The only loss suffered by formal 
republicanism is the overthrow of the 
Transvaal and the Orange Free State, and 
to accomplish it strained the strength of 
the strongest monarchy on earth. And 
this was merely a nominal loss, for both 
Boers and British enjoy more real freedom 
under King George than they enjoyed 
under President Kruger. It would be 
absurd to suppose that the island of 


Madagascar, which appears on the map as 
republican territory because it belongs- 
to France, has a greater degree of self- 
government than the island of New 
Zealand, which owes allegiance to a 
monarch. 

Nevertheless, these maps show real 
progress of a certain kind; and republi- 
can government is a good thing in itself, 
even where it is purely formal. 


THE EVERGLADES LAND SCANDAL 


SCANDAL and a swindle of large 
A proportions have taken place with 

regard to the Everglade lands in 
Florida. Promoters have collected by 
mail many millions of dollars from the 
victims of their reports and descriptions 
in payment for lands that cost $2 an acre 
(when they cost anything) and were sold 
for ten or twenty or more times that sum 
—lands yet under water and yet of no 
practical value whatever. 

The scandal, when this is written, is 
undergoing investigation; and no definite 
report of these fraudulent transactions is 
undertaken in this paragraph. It is possi- 
ble now only to point out with regret that 
the love of land is an easy road whereby a 
shrewd swindler may reach the credulity 
of large numbers of people. 

Of course you may say that anybody 
who is fool enough to buy land that he 
hasn’t seen deserves to be cheated. But 








614 


that easy judgment helps nobody. When 
most seductive reports which seem to 
carry state authority reach persons at a 
distance who dream of rich land in a 
warm climate, any untoward thing may 
happen to those who lack business experi- 
ence and therefore good business judgment. 
‘It is the story of the bond and stock and 
mine swindlers done in even better form. 


I] 


And, in addition to the scandal and the 
loss of millions of dollars by the victims 
of this swindle who live in every part of 
the country, a grave damage is done to 
the state of Florida. There is, of course, 
much very valuable land there, and there 
are wonderful opportunities for fruit and 
vegetable growers who know or will 
learn the business. Even to doubt the 
possibility of draining the Everglades is 
unnecessary. It is but a huge, complex 
engineering problem calling for time, 
money, expert knowledge, conscientious 
work. The soil of the Everglades varies 
greatly; in places irrigation will be essen- 
tial, in others superfluous. How many 
years, how much fertilizer, what special 
treatment will be needed before crops can 
be profitably grown? What crops will, 
after all, succeed under the conditions 
that will exist when the swamps are dry, 
Can these be marketed promptly and 
economically? The answers to these ques- 
tions are not known and will not be until 
the Everglades are finally drained. And 
even then, there and everywhere and 
always, a man who buys land that he has 
not seen is — silly. 


A WORLD’S WORK FARM CON- 
FERENCE 


RE’ theré competent persons who 
A want farm-homes and do not 
know how to find them? The 
Worvp’s Work has proved that there 
are many such persons. Within three 
months 460 such men wrote to this maga- 
zine and a larger number wrote during 
the same time to the authors of recent 
articles on successful agricultural enter- 
prises in different parts of the country. 
The accompanying map shows the places 
of residence of the writers of the 460 


THE WORLD’S WORK 


letters that came to this office. Every 
round dot on the map shows a place from 
which somebody wrote an earnest letter; 
and every cross shows a place or part of 
the country about which some writer 
inquired. These inquiries show two or 
three general movements of people, as 
was to be expected. The largest move- 
ment is from the northern middle states 
eastward, especially southeastward; and 
smaller movements to the southwest and 
to the northwest are shown. 


But the next question is not quite so 
easy — how to give these inquirers definite 
and accurate information about particular 
localities. To help answer this, the 
Worvpb’s Work invited representatives 
of the Agricultural Department at Wash- 
ington and of the departments of the 
states where land is much in demand, and 
of the industrial or agricultural agents of 
the principal railroad systems to a con- 
ference at Garden City, N. Y., on February 
15th. Thirty men came and the whole 
subject was discussed by them at luncheon 
and during the afternoon and further at 
dinner. 

The descriptions of farm-lands and of 
farm-life issued by the states and by the 
railroads are good, for they have constantly 
become more definite. The writers of 
these pamphlets and folders are getting 
further and further from the vocabulary 
and the point-of-view of the typical real 
estate agent: they have less and less of 
the “boom” tone and more and more of 
the tone of the practical student of 
country life. The best of this matter 
makes a good preliminary guide. It 
tells a man enough general facts to enable 
him to make up his mind whether he 
cares to inspect the neighborhood. They 
give social as well as purely agricultural 
facts. 

This conference made it plain, first, that 
these agencies — the states and the rail- 
roads —are doing good work; but it 
made it plain also that one essential task 
is yet not done. Can a man find reasons 
able local financial help if he buy a farm 
in a given region? For instance, can he 
borrow on his land a sum to pay his first 











LONILSIC V 


Tag ap Sa naibeg Perv 


@ sourg fo sy OL 


LSHMHLUON AHL GNV LSHMHLNOS AHL OL SLNAWHAOW YATIVWS GNY 
‘LSVAHLNOS AHL OL ATIVIOSdSA ‘LSVA AHL OL LSAM ATGGIW AHL WOUA NAAOHS sl LNAWAAOW 


*LNOGV GAMSV AFHL LVHL JUV SGNV1 AHL AYAHM MOHS SASSOUD AHL GNV ‘SGNV1-WUVA LNOGV ONIMSY 
SHLNOW 44dYHL NI MYOM S.GTYOM AHL OL ALOUM OHM FAAIT SNOSUAd oor AYdHM 


® NAT WOAT 


SHOV Id AHL MOHS dVW SIHL NO SLOG GNNO 


WAHL LNVAL AZHL AYAHAM GNV SWUVA LNVA OHM 





u AHL 








A Z 
Gx 


(@)seurg f0 as] MOAT 























oorX 

















@ 2u0z mung woz 


® 


0079 0340g OL 











*SUO2IDIIUNMUOO 4777S 
Jo daqunu sazporpur a4n617 


“a8 sof pasafo wang 


















































aq zo aaao 4°77 PAYMO] paqoa42p SaraNbuy 
0 0 I x a W e----- woods paar—a0—4 SaLAINDuUuy 
2 AGM 
26 = iA «, 
+ BA ager + Oo 27 ‘0 
ete ee oe tee 
2tiis3tis3 Nate, ae . © ‘81 eurdarnyg woig 
eeeeee eter ' 7 
spait3 2323 pee a 2 ee ee. - ® rag wos 
teteee eee ‘i _ ouumeeinemncandd —- A 
+e teete ete ene | i Fics y +++ Gi 
payroady i ae eace 
47270907 on I°ssiw commcame; "y < 
| ~ 
| ++ Pax OOIX3W 
20unsgT : + 
® ‘nrg worg i. AUVv | +++ 7 Man 
Ge , s-vino |! ia 
Odvomyuy wos ae ory cry eT ees 
8 ey i 
3) Oyj + 
A SVEN VND 
a ; oavu0109 
i--7 sce th ececccee 
—-— = eecccee 
. Oo = a 
“/Svmo. \2 V4SVUGaN 
2 =~ 
° eteeee bd 
ene sal ONIN OAM 
+ 
aoynemtit i. 7 
+ 
“SIM : Coded vVLOWVA o 
4 Hinogos 
hy + 
vVsonyd vNVWiI NOW 
HLYON 
N 0 { N Nn 
a e * + 
- _ @ vysvjy woLg 
= : a : i 




















+. 





616 THE WORLD’S WORK 


year’s expenses at a reasonable interest? 
What about markets, too? 

Most men who seek farm-homes are 
men of small capital, and the farmer, as 
a rule, gets his money for his crop only 
once a year. The financing of farm- 
ventures — giving careful and safe finan- 
cial help to trustworthy and capable 
men — is one of the most imperative needs 
of our time. And the sparsely settled 
states might well consider whether it 
would not be wise to further such work. 
The railroad companies, perhaps, have 
grave reasons to hesitate. But somebody 
ought to do it. The nation did such 
service, in effect, by the homestead law, 
so long as there were good free public 
lands; and it now makes the purchase of 
irrigated land comparatively easy. 

Here is a task for local credit-societies, 
such as exist in Europe, and for such state- 
help as Victoria, Australia, for example, 
gives by selling land to settlers on perhaps 
the most favorable terms on which land 
can now be bought anywhere in the world. 

There was brought out at this con- 
ference, in many interesting ways, the 
fact that the states and the railroads 
desire good farmers on the untilled or 
poorly tilled land—want them badly, 
will work hard to get them, and appreciate 
their economic and social value to the 
utmost. Yet here are these 460 inquirers 
— by this time there are 460 more — eager 
to get good land. Some of them are finding 
what they want; but many of them never 
will find it, do what we may, what the 
states may, and what the railroads may. 

Nobody has yet quite mastered the 
problem. It consists of even more ac- 
curate and comprehensive authoritative 
information not only about the land itself 
but about credit, markets, the neighbor- 
hood, schools, the organization of the 
community, labor, the kind of welcome and 
helpfulness that awaits a new comer. 

All these things the Wortp’s Work 
will try more and more fully to supply 
information about. And in the meantime 
it wishes publicly to thank the gentlemen 
who came and by their discussions made 
the complicated task clearer, and who help 
to supply such information as is now 
obtainable. 


THE GREAT COUNTRY LIFE 
MOVEMENT 


N EXT to national politics the subject 


that serious men seem most to 

be thinking about and working 
on in almost every part of the Union is 
the organization and improvement of 
country life. Consider these extraordinary 
facts: The value of taim lands doubled 
during the last decade. Yet there are 
good farm lands-in parts of the country 
that can be bought practically as cheap as 
good farm lands were sold for a hundred 
hears ago. Agriculture has been com- 
pletely revolutionized by those who know 
how to conduct it, but the revolution is 
just beginning to take effect. It is more 
profitable than it ever was. Yet the 
drift to the cities is not checked because 
country life, except in comparatively 
small areas, is still unorganized. 

Unless all signs fail, therefore, this 
situation is quickly going to change. 
A knowledge of these facts is becoming so 
general and the meaning of them so plain 
that we shall presently find ourselves in 
an era of rural organization that will 
mean a revolution. Some hints of this 
varied activity may be got from such 
incidents as follow, and hundreds more 
could be got even from the current news: 


“Circular of Information No. 29” of 
the University of Wisconsin’s Agricultural 
Experiment Station is about “a method 
of making a social survey of a rural com- 
munity.” A social survey, it explains, 
“is an attempt to photograph the com- 
munity so as to show every home in all its 
social connections with all other homes.” 
Such a photograph reveals “the lines of 
strong, healthy socialization and discloses 
the spots and lines of feeble association.”’ 
You are told how to take a social census 
and to make social maps. Among such 
possible maps are those showing the 
newspapers and magazines read, the com- 
munity events, homes with and homes 
without children, and hired help. In a 
few communities thus studied, the maps 
show to what extent the country homes 
and the village homes have a common 





A rch RNIN i 























THE MARCH OF EVENTS 


social life. »Such commingling takes place 
with the best country homes. Few tenant 
homes on these maps take part in com- 
munity activities. The maps show a 
few isolated neighborhoods “neglected, 
overlooked, or indifferent to social life.’ 
It was found, too, that nearly all the 
“socialized’’ homes are on the main roads. 
Back roads and bad roads meant social 
backwardness. 

Studies like this are the beginnings of 
a real science of country organization, 
and they emphasize the fact that isolation 
is the mother of stagnation. 


I] 


Here is a pamphlet issued by the Com- 
missioner of Agriculture and Immigration 
of Virginia which contains a list of Virginia 
farms for sale. It gives the name of the 
owner, his post office, the county, the num- 
ber of acres, the buildings on the farm, the 
kind of farming, and in a few cases the 
price. The Commissioner advises inquirers 
to write directly to the owners. 

So far, so good. But this pamphlet 
doesn’t go far enough to be of much real 
help. There are farms for sale in almost 
every neighborhood of every state that is 
as sparsely settled as Virginia. Now if 
any such neighborhood would publish 
an illustrated agricultural and social sur- 
vey such as the University of Wisconsin 
suggests, it would probably find the folks 
that it is looking for — folks who would 
make the soil yield wealth and make the 
community life full and rich. 

Such people are waiting for just such 
information, and they don’t know where 
to get it without travel, which they can’t 
afford. 


IT] 


The National Education Association 
appointed at its meeting last summer a 
committee which is engaged, under the 
chairmanship of Mr. E. T. Fairchild, 
State Superintendent of Public Instruction 
in Kansas, in preparing a report on “the 
agencies for the betterment of rural school 
conditions in the United States.” Sub- 
committees are at work on all important 
divisions of the task, from methods of 
raising and using school funds to the 


617 


organization of neighborhood life about 
the schools. Of the twelve million rural 
children of school age in the whole country 
less than three million complete the grades 
of the primary school. This is another 
way of saying that, as a whole, our country 
schools are yet a farce; or, a better way 
to say it is this: as a people we have not 
yet taken up the task of the country school; 
or, let us say, we haven’t country schools 
yet —only one here and there. Thus 
far practically all our schools are town 
schools. 

For instance, Mr. T. J. Coates, State 
Supervisor of Rural Schools in Kentucky, 
after a survey of Whitley County, said 
in his report that there were 7,058 (or 
63 per cent. of all) children in the county 
who were out of school. Of 11,633 pupils 
of school age only 24 completed the 
elementary course in 1910, and only one 
school in six had a single pupil to complete 
the elementary course. The Supervisor 
said to the people of the county: “If your 
county supported as many unbroken and 
untrained horses as it supports untrained 
and idle men, your business men would 
stand aghast.”’ But the point is that there 
is now a Supervisor of Rural Schools — 
a new office; and the people are for the 
first time finding out the facts about their 
own country life. 


IV 


The Bureau of Education at Washing- 
ton, under Commissioner Claxton, is giving 
emphasis to the subject. A recent mono- 
graph, issued by the Bureau, prepared by 
two professors of the Western Kentucky 
State Normal School, Dr. Fred Mutchler 
and Professor W. J. Craig, sets forth the 
proposition that rural school teachers are 
a positive force to depopulate the country 
districts. The courses of study, the 
method of teaching, the general tone and 
influence of the country schools tend to 
drive the young to the towns. The teachers 
idealize city life and unconsciously lodge 
the conviction in the youthful mind that 
only the town means civilization and 
opportunity and that the country means 
monotony and duiness. Then the pam- 
phlet cites such definite commercial facts 
as these: 








618 THE WORLD’S WORK 


Canada’s country schools increased the 
average yield of wheat 5 bushels an acre. The 
same increase in the Kentucky corn-crop in 
1910 would have been 18,500,000 bushels, 
worth about $10,000,000. This sum would 
have built 2,000 miles of good roads, or it 
would have paid the expenses of the State’s 
public schools for two-and-a-half years. And 
what the rural schools can do for the corn-crop 
they can do for almost any other crop if they 
have capable teachers. 


Then the writers of the pamphlet proceed 
to lay down a proper course of study for 
country schools. If you are interested, 
send for a copy of it — “A Course of Study 
for the Preparation of Rural School- 
Teachers.” The Bureau of Education 
at Washington distributes it free. 


V 


A few months ago a big meeting was 
held at Spokane, Wash., with the codpera- 
tion of the State Country Life Com- 
missions of Washington, Idaho, Montana, 
Oregon, and of the Spokane Chamber of 
Commerce, the energetic and patriotic 
moving spirit of which was Mr. David 
Brown of Spokane. This was a seven- 
days’ Congress, not of speeches only but 
of exhibits and demonstrations of many 
useful kinds. For example, the Grange 
set up a model kitchen whereby it was 
shown by measurements that a housewife 
would save by its arrangements and de- 
vices from 300 miles to 400 miles of walk- 
ing every year. It was shown that a 
septic tank costs only one third as much 
as a coffin. Problems of marketing farm 
produce were discussed; for it is as im- 
portant to get $2 for the stuff that now 
fetches $1 as it is to make two ears of 
corn grow where only one now grows. 
The country life institute or club near 
Spokane is a remarkable gathering place 
for men and women of the community — 
a real country club where real country 
people congregate and learn from one 
another. 


VI 


Almost simultaneously such old states 
as Maryland and Pennsylvania, and of 
course a number of newer states, have 
recently held big Rural Conferences, 
meetings of three days or more at which 


men and women of experience explain 
practical plans. In such programmes 
sanitation and codperative buying and 
selling have an increasing share. 

In Lewiston-Clarkston (Idaho and 
Washington) there was lately opened a 
school of horticulture, independent of all 
other institutions, for the training of men 
and women, most of them adults, for 
practical orchard work, by short courses 
of study. The orchard owners of the 
valley and the business men of these two 
cities have made it possible for this school 
to give free instruction to residents of the 
valley and to charge others a fee that is 
little more than nominal. 

VII 

Another aspect of the “forward-to-the 
land”” movement was mentioned in this 
magazine two months ago by a writer who 
said that many town men would go to 
farming but for the hardship that farm 
life has for their wives; and this drew from 
Mrs. Caroline H. DeLong, of Kalamazoo, 
Mich., this very true protest: 


Drudges are born, and the farm need not 
make them. It takes brains to avoid being a 
drudge anywhere. Especially does it take 
brains and ability to avoid being a farm drudge. 
It takes all the skill that the highest training 
she can get can give her. If she is college 
educated, so much the better. She needs her 
physics, her chemistry, and her sanitation 
to help her find the essentials in her household 
management and to help her attack them in 
the most direct way. 

The woman who dreads going on a farm 
hasn’t yet made the acquaintance of the new 
type of farmer’s wife. If she had she would 
be envious for she is a much more alert and 
useful woman than her city sister. She has 
cultivated that variety of employment which 
keeps all faculties alive; she has some outdoor 
work and some indoor work, some _book- 
keeping and some bargaining. The telephone 
and the rural delivery are inexpensive and they 
bring the community to her door. She has 
much greater opportunity for public service 
than the average city woman, for in the cit) 
are many women of leisure who are looking 
for something to do. What has become of 
the drudgery? Some she has found is not 
necessary. What she must do she resolves 
into a problem of efficiency and manages so as 
to save much time and strength. 




















THE MARCH OF EVENTS 


It may take the woman a little longer than 
the man to become imbued with the back-to- 
the-soil spirit; but, if she will keep an open 
mind, she will be convinced that vast oppor- 
tunities lie before the farm woman of to-day. 

So the man who has a reluctant wife needs 
only to carry on a campaign of education, get 
her informed and she will go with him. 


VIII 


It is not in the United States only that 
good tillers of the soil are sought. The 
state of Victoria, Australia, arranged a 
cheap land-seekers’ excursion at low rates 
and energetically solicited emigrants from 
every part of our country. The cost of 
a return trip from San Francisco ranged 
from $64 to $200. The state has control 
of all the water and has spent $16,000,000 
on irrigation works; it owns large tracts 
of irrigable land which it sells for a cash 
payment of 3 per cent. and a payment of 
6 per cent. a year for 313 years which will 
complete the purchase. When the ex- 
cursionists reach Melbourne, a state agent 
will take them on state railways to ex- 
amine these state lands, offered by the 
state on these easy terms. 


Here, then — to repeat.— surely is an 
extraordinary fact: Agriculture, extensive 
and intensive alike, has been revolution- 
ized in every civilized land. In every 
land there are individuals and communities 
that have won such prosperity and happi- 
ness as the soil never before yielded. The 
applications of new scientific knowledge 
have made the tilling of the earth a new 
industry and the organization of rural 
life has in places brought it to a degree 
of efficiency and comfort never before 
known. Yet there is an abundance of 
good land in the United States that can 
yet be bought as cheap as much land 
was sold a hundred years ago; and from 
many rich-soiled regions the people con- 
tinue to flock to the towns. 

This state of things will not long so 
remain. But it is a humiliating comment 
on the lack of training and on the lack 
of knowledge and on the lack of courage 
and initiative of this town-lured genera- 
tion. The continued flocking to the town 
is proof, too, of what organization can do 
to attract men; for town-life is yet our 


619 


only organized life. A similar organiza- 
tion of country life will produce similar 
results. 


THE REGENERATION OF WALL 
STREET 
N FOUR successive recent numbers of 
| a weekly publication devoted to finan- 

cial news, thereappeared items con- 
cerning eighteen American industrial enter- 
prises involving the news of issues of new 
stocks and bonds of more than a_ million 
dollars in each case and aggregating 
$82,769,000. This was the grist of indus- 
trial news concerning such corporations 
in less than a single month of the past 
winter. 

This process is the culmination of four 
years during which almost every import- 
ant industry in the United States has 
sought to raise money for carrying on its 
business, for expansion, for paying debts, or 
for strengthening working capital. In a 
single great industry, the manufacturing of 
harvest machinery, nearly $75,000,000 of 
new money has been raised by the sale of 
securities during this period. In the 
automobile and motor truck trades an 
even larger amount of capital has been 
invested. 

This tremendous gathering of cash has 
two meanings. The first is the unbounded 
belief of the manufacturing powers of the 
country that industry is going forward, 
when once it starts up, at a pace that has 
never been equalled, and that will demand 
a strength of resources that the old 
methods of financing never could have 
afforded. The second meaning is that 
those who administered great manufactur- 
ing plants discovered in 1907 and 1908 
that bank-credit in times of stress is a 
broken reed to lean upon. Hundreds of 
prosperous industrial enterprises during 
that trying time found themselves crippled 
and sometimes in serious danger because 
they could not borrow from the banks. 
The source of cash with which they had 
carried on their business in years past was 
suddenly taken away from them. The 
new financing represents the determina- 
tion of these scattered manufacturers 
never again to be caught dependent upon 
bank credit. 





620 


These companies are not financing for 
to-day, but for to-morrow. The carrying 
out of their policy, therefore, at the present 
time is not a fulfilment but a prophecy. It 
means undoubtedly that the scattered manu- 
facturers, particularly in Indiana, Illinois, 
and Ohio, are looking forward to a period 
of tremendous industrial growth and are 
arming themselves for the greatest cam- 
paigns of industry that they have ever 
undertaken. 

Going a little deeper into the matter, 
one is astonished to find that the great 
part of this new capital has _ been 
raised not by the trusts but by independent, 
separate, and individual manufacturing 
plants. In several instances sums ranging 
from $5,000,000 to $10,000,000 have been 
raised in Wall Street by manufacturing 
concerns the names of which had never 
before appeared as active participants 
in big financial matters. Such corpora- 
tions as, for instance, the M. Rumely 
Company, Deere & Co. and the J. I. Case 
Threshing Machine Company, although 
they are household words in the West and 
possibly in all the agricultural regions of 
the world, were practically unknown in 
Wall Street. Their stocks had never been 
traded in, and their bonds had never been 
floated in this market. Yet these three 
companies alone have raised in the great 
financial market of the East something 
approximating $20,000,000. 

In this fact there is something more 
than a mere record of a financial event. 
Is it possible that the true function of the 
Wall Street market is coming again to be 
its chief activity? All men know that the 
only real justification for the existence of a 
great central securities market in which 
men and institutions, corporations and 
municipalities may barter and trade is 
to provide a clearing house through which 
industry, transportation, and commerce 
may draw to their support the investment 
capital of the nation and the world. For 
years Wall Street has stood for something 
different. For a number of years the 


very name became a synonym all over the 
world not for sober, decent, and honest 
financial activity, but for stock market 
gambling on a scale such as had never 
been seen before. 





THE WORLD’S WORK 


But the events of this past year in Wall 
Street may be signs of one of the most 
significant changes in our financial organ- 
ism. They may mean, in fact, that this 
great financial mechanism is coming back 
in the course of the next few years into 
its proper place in the life of the nation. 
It is certain, at any rate, that speculation 
such as we saw in 1906 is dead in Wall 
Street. It is also certain that, while the 
great speculative houses have declined 
and fallen into oblivion and eclipse, the 
great investment houses have stood in the 
forefront of the activities of the Street 
as they have not stood before in more than 
a decade. In fact the leaders of the 
financial world to-day are men and insti- 
tutions who are engaged in the task of 
pouring into the industries, the public 
utilities, and the transportation machinery 
of the country capital gathered from all 
the corners of the world; and they are 
not engaged in speculation. 


ABOUT FRENCH REVOLUTIONS 
AND SUCH THINGS 


HE Chairman of the greatest cor- 

poration in the United States, 

Mr. Gary of the Steel Corporation, 

made a speech before a dinner in New York 

a little time ago in the course of which he 
said: 


I say to you that things are being said and 
printed similar to the incendiary speeches 
which aroused the peasants of France and 
caused the French Revolution. Unless some- 
thing is done, the spark will burst into a flame. 
I am not asking for sympathy, nor have | 
hoisted a flag of distress. I suppose it is onl) 
fair to say that, perhaps, we men of great in- 
fluence have not always done exactly right. 
I think that it would be better if we sought 
to remedy some of the ills of the body politic, 
and, instead of taking offense, seek to benefit 
by criticism, however unjust. 

Unless the capitalists, the corporations, the 
wealth of this country take the first step in 
this direction, and assume a leading position 
in the fight to remedy evils, that action will be 
taken out of our hands by the mob. M\ 
counsel to the big interests of the country is 
to deal squarely with their employees. 


There are many men of high station in 
the business world who say that they 




















THE MARCH OF EVENTS 


share this fear. Their theory is that if 
you don’t give the public what it wants 
the public will become violent. This 
is very much older than the French revolu- 
tion and as old, in fact, as the time when 
one man first became superior to his 
fellows. 

But such a public utterance is not the 
soberly thought out judgment of our in- 
dustrial leaders. We have heard the 
same thing often before. It was in fact 
a constant theme of conversation during 
the great coal strike of a few years ago, 
and long before that in the days of the 
Homestead strike and the Pullman strike. 
It has been, in fact, the cry of capital 
whenever the dominancy of capital seemed 
to be threatened even in an unimportant 
corner of the business world. 

Sober men in the United States are not 
much afraid of socialism, anarchy, nihilism, 
French revolutions, or any other such 
final resorts of passion and desperation. 
One can see in the determined effort of the 
people to check the tyranny of gigantic 
combinations and to cut off the sources 
of monopolistic power the very strongest 
possible cure for all the causes that 
underlay not only the French revolution 
but every revolution of its sort in history. 

What the people of this country want 
is not the destruction of capital, the ruin 
of great industries nor the wiping out of 
vested rights. What they want is so to 
regulate capital, industry, and the use of 
vested rights that these ancient and 
honorable institutions may not be al- 
lowed to rush forward into self-destruction 
as they did in France in the days of the 
terror and as they did in almost every 
instance of widespread mob_ violence 
that Mr. Gary or any one else can cite 
from history. This is what the people 
demand, that capital, industry, and vested 
rights shall be the servant and not the 
master of the nation; for the results which 
Mr. Gary fears flow only from the gaining 
of too great power over the people by the 
masters of capital, of industry, and wealth. 
There isn’t the slightest danger of French 
revolutions from the people so long as 
they have, what they are now using, 
the power of compelling publicity, investi- 
gation and, when necessary, prosecution. 


621 


THE AMERICANIZING OF FRANCE 
AND THE’ FINANCING OF 
EUROPE 


RANCE is becoming Americanized. 
} There is noticeable, throughout 
the country, a growing appetite 
for luxury, an increasing use of those 
aids to the comfort of living which, 
until five years ago, Frenchmen of the 
middle class considered far and away 
beyond their means, but which the average 
American of equal station has long counted 
among the common necessities of life. 
Bathrooms, electric lights, telephones, 
steam heated apartments, musical instru- 
ments, and labor saving appliances in the 
kitchen have, until very recently, not 
been deemed adjuncts to a comfortable 
existence by a Frenchman of the bourgeois 
class. His formula for living comprised 
only a simple diet and barren surround- 
ings. His idea of happiness was to live 
on a comparatively fixed income, to cut 
the garment of his daily necessities accord- 
ing to the cloth of his productiveness with 
a generous slice left over for the rainy 
day hoard. Adherence to this formula in 
the last quarter of a century has won for 
the French middle class the just title of 
“the greatest money-saver of the world.” 
In no other way than by the most rigid 
self denial could the French have become 
such a nation of capitalists. It is thrift 
and not cheapness that has made them 
so. For the average income of French- 
men of the middle class gives them no 
advantage over Americans in “the high 
cost of living’’ as estimated by the cost of 
the three actual necessities of life: food, 
shelter, and clothing. A _ table recently 
prepared by James E. Dunning, United 
States consul at Havre, proves that the 
average cost of food in Havre and other 
provincial cities is 50 per cent. higher 
than in American cities of the same rank. 
Rents in both countries are practically 
the same, but the French tenant gets 
none of those modern conveniences which 
an American landlord feels compelled to 
provide without extra charge. In France, 
a flat or small house without a bath or 
anything but the simplest sanitary appli- 
ances, rents for $150 to $200 a year, and 








622 


the Frenchman who insists upon better 
accommodations must pay $300 to $900, 
according to the location and size of the 
house. Among the middle class in France, 
the rent ordinarily is reckoned at one 
tenth the total income, while in America 
it is the custom in our cities to spend one 
sixth or even one fourth merely to keep 
a roof over our heads. 

The tendency toward Americanization 
in France is well illustrated by the fact 
that recently, in many of the provincial 
cities, apartment houses have been erected 
that are equipped with elevators, bath- 
rooms, and heating appliances and that 
compare favorably with American stand- 
ards. These apartments rent for $800 
to $1,000 a year and the demand far ex- 
ceeds the present supply. And American 
methods of advertising —all the allure- 
ments about “labor saving’’—and the 
seductive plans for “easy payments,” 
have whetted the appetite for luxury, in 
the middle class of France. Out of these 
advertising methods has grown the de- 
mand for ornamental furniture, musical 


instruments — self-playing pianos and 
phonographs — fireless cookers, electric 
flat-irons, and illustrated periodicals. Low 


priced automobiles manufactured in the 
United States are coming into more 
common use —the importation of these 
cars was $150,000 in 1910 against only 
$16,000 in 1907. Even the wretched 
telephones of the French government 
service are coming into popular favor. 
This growing appetite for luxuries must 
result in taking from the French their 
title of “money savers.” Their stocking- 
purses cannot long withstand the drain 
of these new demands. And then a very 
real problem will confront the world, for 
these stocking-purses have financed many 
wars and many railroads; and financiers 
will not easily find a substitute for their 
rich yield of cash for new enterprises. 


AN UNCONSCIOUS CARRIER OF 


DEATH 
OTH the amazing ways of com- 
municable diseases and the almost 
equally amazing possibility of 


thwarting them are shown by this experi- 
ence reported in the Journal of the Ameri- 


THE WORLD’S WORK 


can Medical Association by Dr. Charles 
Boldman and Mr. W. Carey Noble, of 
the New York Department of Health: 

One man, two years ago, sent 380 per- 
sons to bed with a dangerous illness, and 
spread an epidemic of typhoid fever that 
threatened the safety of half the popula- 
tion of New York City before the source 
of infection was found. He was a dairy- 
man, and an unusually cleanly and careful 
dairyman, too. But the officers of the 
New York Board of Health, by patient 
investigation, made the extraordinary dis- 
covery that he had been a typhoid bacillus- 
carrier for forty-six years. In that time 
he had infected three of his daughters, his 
son-in-law, two of his hired men, and, every 
year since 1866, he has, on an average, in- 
fected fourteen of his neighbors in Camden, 
N. Y., or about 544 in all. “Camden fever’’ 
had become a fixed name for typhoid with 
the Camden doctors, who would not 
believe that so many cases of real typhoid 
could occur every year in such a small 
village. The reason the infection had not 
gone farther at an earlier time was that 
this dairyman did not sell his milk to the 
creamery, but only to the villagers of 
Camden. During the month preceding 
the outbreak in New York City, he had 
been in the habit of taking his left-over 
milk across the road to his son-in-law, who 
included his father-in-law’s milk in his 
own shipments to the creamery. 

Here is an example of the startling 
possibilities of infection that have come 
with the complex inter-relations of modern 
life. One man, in a week’s time, unknown 
to himself, endangered the health of 
4,000,000 unsuspecting people — for, 
mark you, the health officers noticed the 
epidemic on August 28th and closed his 
dairy September ist; but even with such 
quick work as this the epidemic had 
spread to “really enormous proportions.” 

One such typhoid bacillus-carrier carries 
greater power of destruction than a war 
fleet. If it be discouraging that he lived 
unsuspected in a small community for 
forty-six years, it is also encouraging that 
he was discovered within three days as 
soon as the disease broke out in a com- 
munity that commanded specialists, bac- 
teriologists, and laboratories. 


te 














WHAT HAPPENED 


HIS is the story of a com- 

fortable little fortune and the 

things that came of it. It is 

the episode of a Connecticut 

woman and of the way she 
gained her meagre education in the science 
of finance. 

Many years ago a company was started 
in Connecticut to manufacture a spe- 
cialty that was used in the beautifying of 
women’s faces. It succeeded, and for 
twenty years it earned very handsome 
dividends on its stock, which was small 
and which was owned almost exclusively 
by its officers and directors. About nine 
years ago one of the principal officers died 
and left to his widow an estate consisting 
of about $8,000 in cash and real estate, 
and stock in the company that paid her 
dividends of $6,000 a year. She sold her 
Connecticut property, moved to New 
York, and bought a house on the West 
Side. Here she settled down to live in 
peace and comfort with her only daughter. 

Four years ago the dividends dropped 
suddenly from $1,500 a quarter to $750. 
She made diligent inquiry about the 
matter, and discovered that certain new 
electrical appliances that had recently 
been invented had seriously cut into the 
market for the old product, and indeed 
threatened its extinction before very long. 
The management was perfectly honest 
and candid in its statement to her. She 
decided to sell her stock. She offered it 
at first for what she thought it was worth, 
later for what she thought she could get 
for it, and at last for almost a song; but 
there were no buyers willing to take it at 
any price. A year ago it ceased paying 
dividends altogether. Last summer she 
managed to dispose of it, receiving a little 
more than $1,000 for assets which had 
produced for her for many years an income 
of $6,000 a year. 

When the problem of saving this diffi- 
cult situation first came up, it was apparent 
that no ordinary financial operations could 
be of any avail. It was obvious that 


TO ONE WOMAN 


either she or her daughter must turn into 
cash whatever latent possibilities they 
possessed for the earning of money. Under 
advice, the daughter took a commercial 
education. The house, of course, was 
sold. A year or so ago the daughter went 
to work and they moved into a small 
apartment in the city. Later on the relics 
of a fortune were invested in a sound and 
substantial way, and upon the little 
income from this and the proceeds of the 
labor of a clever and ambitious girl life 
goes on apparently in a very happy and 
not at all a poverty-stricken way. There- 
fore, this little story ends without much 
real misery to cap the climax. 

The object of telling it here is to point 
the inevitable moral. It is the same old 
moral of the eggs and the basket, but it 
is in a slightly novel setting, for it is the 
story of a basket which was really carefully 
watched and which its owner had every 
reason to believe was a sound and secure 
basket. In fact, it is simply the common- 
place story of a commonplace thing —a 
thing that about nine business men in ten 
will inevitably do and that thousands of 
business men do all over the country every 
year. 

As I write, | have before me full lists 
of securities owned by twenty estates 
placed on file in three New York counties 
in the last month. These statements 
furnish some first rate illustrations of 
this same habit. In one, for instance, the 
entire estate is represented by a substan- 
tial block of Borden’s Condensed Milk 
common stock. That is a very good 
stock, as industrials go, but the man who 
would leave a family dependent upon an 
investment of that sort without at the 
same time leaving instructions that the 
estate should be split up and diversified, 
would be simply laying up for his heirs the 
same sort of trouble encountered by the 
woman in Connecticut. 

In another of these estates, the total 
value of which is less than $140,000, | 
find two items, one of $50,000 in a railroad 





624 


bond, and the other of more than 1,500 
shares of a cold storage warehouse com- 
pany. The other items are negligible. 
It would be interesting if one could dig 
into the past and find out by what process 
of mind any one reached the conclusion 
that nearly the entire wealth of a family 
should be wrapped up in two items of this 
sort. In another estate of $30,000, more 
than $20,000 is in the stock of a little gas 
company 2,000 miles away; while in an 
estate of $62,000 there are 520 shares of a 
local street railway. A_ strange little 
estate is made up almost exclusively of 
securities representing the taxicab business 
in the principal cities of the country. 

Purely on a guess, and without knowing 
anything about it, it is pretty logical to 
conclude that in one of these estates there 
is represented the wisdom, or the lack of 
it, of a man who had some connection 
with the milk business, of another man who 
had strong connection with the cold 
storage business, of a third who had some 
knowledge of the gas business, and of still 
another who had some connection, direct 
or indirect, with the business of operating 
taxicabs. 

It does not take the wisdom of Solomon 
to discover that none of these four busi- 
nesses is apt to be represented by stocks 
that are sufficiently stable, solid, and 
permanent to satisfy the care that a man 
ought to project far into the future to 
look out for those dependent upon him. 
Milk is a staple article of diet; but stocks 
of milk concerns come anew into the 
market every year and go betimes the 
way of most industrial enterprises. Gas 
is a public necessity; but gas stocks rise 
and fall sometimes with astonishing swift- 
ness. Cold storage is a wonderful system, 
but who dare guarantee the permanence 
of any one plant or any one company? 
Taxicabs doubtless are a permanent form 
of vehicle, but the percentage of mortality 
in the companies that own them is ex- 
tremely high. Therefore, one would say 


that all these men, wise and successful 
as they may have been in life, bid fair to 
prove but foolish failures after their death 
unless they provided for a much better and 
more permanent investment of their funds 
after the courts have passed upon them. 





THE WORLD’S WORK 


There is no other form of investment so 
alluring as industrial stocks, but some 
times one is moved to wonder as one finds 
huge blocks of them held in the hands of 
women who live upon the income; for 
all men know that while industrial stocks 
are probably the most profitable form for 
the business use of money they are also 
the least stable and the least secure form 
of permanent investment in the hands of 
those who cannot in the nature of things 
watch them closely. 

One of the greatest industrial corpora- 
tions in the country manufactures a 
specialty that may be found in almost 
every home in the land and that makes 
a special appeal to women. | have the 
list of its stockholders before me as | 
write. In this list there are twenty-one 
women who hold 500 shares apiece, that 
is, $50,000 or more of this one stock. It 
happens that one woman of whose affairs 
I know something is a large stockholder 
in this concern. She lives on a very high 
scale of wealth. I do not believe that she 
has a single investment in the world or a 
single asset, except a little real estate and 
personal property, outside her investment 
in this stock. In her case the investment 
was made for her by an adviser and was 
not a bequest. It has turned out won- 
derfully well and she has, to-day, nothing 
to regret about it; but every time one 
thinks of it one is inclined to go imme- 
diately and look up the news of the latest 
trust prosecution, the latest strikes, and 
the latest new inventions in household 
articles; for there is in every industrial 
venture of this sort, no matter how great 
and powerful it may be, the primary 
element of financial tragedy such as that 
with which this story began. 

It is strange that out of all the experi- 
ence of all the world in matters of invest- 
ment it has not become a universal axiom 
that money entrusted to one enterprise 
or one security is money engaged in busi- 
ness, and not money invested. The fact 
of the matter is, of course, that this really 
is an axiom amongst scientific investors. 
Any insurance commissioner in any state 
who caught an insurance company invest- 
ing 50 per cent. or even 25 per cent. of 
its assets in any one security would put 














AN AMERICAN ADVENTURE IN BRAZIL 


the lid on that insurance company in a 
hurry. Any bank examiner who dis- 
covered a bank doing the same thing would 
report it immediately to the Department. 
Every banking law provides a limit be- 
yond which a bank may not lend to any 
one borrower or invest in any one security. 
The Savings Bank Law of New York 
provides, for instance, that not more than 
10 per cent. of the assets of any bank 
shall be invested in any one railroad bond, 
even inside the state itself and under the 
most rigid restrictions, nor more than 
5 per cent. in any other railroad bond. 

If one runs over the history of all the 
great collapses that have occurred in all 
parts of the world in matters of finance, 
one finds in many cases that what led to 
ruin and disaster was simply the neglect 
of some one to comply with this very 
clear and well established rule. The 
Baring collapse in England was due to 
over-loading in Argentine securities. From 
our own history, it is enough perhaps to 
recall the collapse of the Trust Company 
of the Republic in 1903 as a result of 
similar over-trading, and a narrow escape 
from a similar episode in the case of the 
Tennessee Coal and Iron Company and 
one of the banks in 1907. 


625 


Let us take it as an established fact 
in the world of banking and big finance 
that no sane and honest officer, executor, 
administrator, trustee, or individual would 
dare to venture any large part of a fund 
entrusted to his care in the securities of 
any one institution, corporation, or firm. 
Why then is it that in the most sacred 
and serious trust, namely, providing for 
the future of one’s dependents, a man will 
leave almost if not quite his entire fortune 
wrapped up as it were in a single napkin, 
and often not too secure a napkin at that? 

The answer is, of course, lack of educa- 
tion. No educated investor would take 
such a chance. Business men are not 
investors, and in this country they are 
prone to ignore the very simple funda- 
mental rules worked out by the experi- 
ence of the world for the conservation of 
money. Doubtless the time will come, in 
the industrial history of this country, 
when the handling of fortunes from 
generation to generation will become so 
much a matter of habit and of precedent 
that it will be done scientifically and 
sensibly, but perhaps it is too much to 
hope that in this first generation of in- 
dustrial wealth anything but haphazard 
methods can prevail—C. M. K. 


AN AMERICAN ADVENTURE IN BRAZIL 


A SEARCH FOR GOLD THAT LED 5,500 MILES, TO THE SOURCE OF THE AMAZON, 
UP THE RIBERAO RAPIDS, THROUGH THE JUNGLE, ACROSS THE 
PAMPAS, AND DOWN THE PARAGUAY 


ALEXANDER P. ROGERS 


PHOTOGRAPHS BY THE AUTHOR 


N 1768, eight years before the Revolu- 
tionary War, a Portuguese soldier of 
fortune breasted the vast current of 
the Amazon upward past the mouths 
of dozens of tributary streams, braved 

hundreds of miles of rapids, risked the 
fever of the swamps, escaped the arrows 
of unseen Indians that lurk even yet in the 
thick undergrowth, hacked and crashed his 
way through the tropical jungle, and found, 


at last, thousands of miles from the coast, 
a little vein of gold that made him rich. 
In 1911, the fame of this old pioneer’s 
discovery came to the ears of an American 
capitalist, who commissioned me to make 
the same journey to the same spot to 
prospect once more for gold. My trip 
was very different from the Portuguese. 
The differences measure much of the 
progress of the world since 1768. | 








626 


traveled the same streams and traversed 
the same jungle, but 900 miles of the 
journey from the coast was made on a 
sea-going steamship; along here | passed 
cable stations momently in touch with all 
the world; “wireless” annihilated the 
next 500 miles of wilderness; busy Ameri- 
cans building a modern railroad and con- 
quering the fever by methods learned at 
Panama broke the solitude of the next 
220 miles; steam launches screeched where 
the Portuguese had paddled a canoe; fort- 
unes in crude rubber destined for New 
York and London floated by me where 
nothing but driftwood had broken the 
surface of the river he ascended. 

I entered this region by going up the 
Amazon to one of its sources, near which 
the mine was located. Instead of return- 
ing by the same route, I crossed a low 
divide to the River Paraguay and came 
down that river to Buenos Aires, a trip few 
white men in recent years have taken. 

The ship I was on— like all ocean 
vessels entering the Amazon — called first 
at the city of Para and then went through 
a tortuous channel south of the island of 
Marajo for twenty-four hours before 
reaching the main river. In this way we 
avoided many of the dangerous bars at 
the mouth of the river and had deep 
water all the way to the city of Manaos, 
900 miles up stream. During most of 
this distance, the Amazon averages be- 
tween three and four miles in width, 
with nothing of interest to see except a 
low wall of green jungle upon either bank, 
so far away that no details could be dis- 
tinguished. The scenery was a disap- 
pointment, and the beautiful birds one 
reads about were remarkable chiefly for 
their absence. 

It was very warm, and as there are few 
settlements or points of interest along the 
banks, I was heartily glad to reach Ita- 
coatiara, near the mouth of the Madeira 
River, where | was to leave the steamer 
and go up the Madeira, while the steamer 
went on up the main Amazon to Manaos. 
Here there really seemed to be life. Large 
steamers were anchored close to the shore 
and a busy little launch was scurrying 
from one to another, all the time giving 
out an unearthly screech from its tiny 


THE WORLD’S WORK 


whistle as it tried to hurry the transfer 
of baggage to the Madeira-Mamoré stea- 
mer waiting to take us up to the railroad 
that our countrymen are building through 
the jungle around the Madeira Rapids. 
Such hurry seemed a little out of place in 
old Brazil, but I had not been in the 
country for ten years and did not realize 
how times have changed with the advent 
of Americans. The sleepy tropics can 
not destroy their electric energy, and even 
the shiftless natives catch a little of the 
hustling spirit in spite of themselves. 

The steamer we now embarked on was 
a river boat designed for the special use 
of the railroad. It makes the trip of 
700 miles from Itacoatiara to Porto Velho 
—the lower terminus of the road — in 
four days under favorable conditions. 
She has two decks and a number of cabins, 
but most of these were reserved as dressing 
rooms for the use of ladies, and every one 
swung his or her hammock on the upper 
deck to get the air. 

The crowd aboard was made up of 
employees of every branch of the railroad 
service, from the head contractor and his 
family, trained nurses for the hospital, 
engineers and mechanics, down to the 
Greek and Spanish laborers on the road. 
Four days of such travel is apt to prove 
demoralizing, but every one was good- 
natured and all friction was forgotten 
when Porto Velho came in sight. This 
is the lower terminus of the Madeira- 
Mamoré road — a wonderful feat of Amer- 
ican engineering, accomplished in spite of 
almost insurmountable difficulties and 
untold suffering. Even now, it could not 
be sanely undertaken without the ex- 
perience gained at Panama in battling 
against the deadly fevers. When this 
road was first conceived by the Brazilian 
Government, tropical sanitation was not 
so well understood as it is to-day, and the 
first attempt met with dismal failure. 
Men sent to start the work died in a few 
weeks from fever, and the survivors fled 
in terror. Finally, Americans of indomi- 
table courage became interested, and, by a 
lavish expenditure of money on the most 
up-to-date sanitary arrangements and a 
perfect hospital service, they have brought 
it almost to completion. To one who 











AN AMERICAN ADVENTURE IN BRAZIL 


travels over the line to-day in a comfortable 
coach, these statements may sound like 
exaggerations, as there are no great 
mountains to pass over and all he sees 
are swamps and jungles; but in those 
quiet jungles lurk the most intangible 
of deadly foes, in the form of microbes 
and poisonous creatures against which 
you have no chance without costly 
preparation. 

Porto Velho is a thriving little place 
supplied with the best of everything, 
even a weekly paper giving the news along 
the line for the benefit of the employees. 
The greatest care is taken to avoid dis- 


627 


ease: every house in town is_ heavily 
screened with mosquito netting. Every 
traveler is vaccinated on the boat before 
arrival, and examined for other symptoms 
which may endanger the community. 
Those who show even a trace of sickness, 
are sent at once to the hospital. 

On the highest hill, the railroad company 
has built one of the most powerful wire- 
less stations in the world to communicate 
with Manaos across 500 miles of swamps 
and jungle. But this is only for business 
messages and for those extreme emer- 
gencies of personal communication where 
wireless and cable talk are worth their 














tT VENEZ UELA j *\ 
l Pee nae Was 
S 
4 
COLOMBIA \ 


ek - 


Pg 
is 
ba 


Itacoatiara, 
2.08 Z 


GS Ame Of0 








Guajara-Merim 








\ . *Fortalesa de Beif: 
\ SF La | 
Pp re) 
E RU 5 
) 
¢ 
> 
i th F 
| YX 
-] ; * 
> | 4 
t 
a { 
fa 
ant 
« 2, 
~ 
Q me . 
‘é 
) 
e* Fr 
{ 
i) wf 
} & \ 
| t 
} ob } 
| \ 
{ 





A @ 
f x 
er, 
cna 
4 
& 


















Cc 


Rio de Janeiro A) 
& 
Y 








, SCALE OF MILES 
0 100 200 400 




















MR. ROGERS’S ROUTE THROUGH SOUTH AMERICA 
FROM PARA TO BUENOS AIRES, A DISTANCE AS GREAT AS A COAST TRIP FROM MAINE TO SEATTLE 
BY WAY OF PANAMA, WHICH, EXCEPT FOR A STRETCH OF 180 MILES, WAS MADE 
BY HIS PARTY IN BOATS 








628 


cost. So everybody at Porto Velho looks 
forward to the arrival of the steamer, as 
it brings the mail and news from those at 
horne. 

My mission, however, was to take me 
far beyond all this, to the source of the 
great river. There are 200 miles of 
vicious rapids above Porto Velho, and, 
with ten tons of freight to carry, | was 
extremely busy in making preparations. 
In ten days, however, | was ready. We 
went by rail about 100 miles to the present 
end of the line at construction camp No. 
26, and there boarded our native boat 
—a low-lying craft with the bow lines of 
a racing yacht, the better to take the 
rapids. 

These boats are the best freight carriers 
that could be devised for this risky busi- 
ness where one must paddle or pole over 
quiet waters and pull them by main force 
over the ugly rapids. Down stream they 
shoot all but the worst places with varying 
success. The men who handle them be- 
come very skilful in their trade, but they 
would try the patience of a saint. Mostly 
Negroes of Brazilian stock, with a dash 
of Indian in their blood, they work when 
they feel just like it with tremendous 
energy. To my sorrow, I found that they 
did not feel like it very often, especially 
when we were in a hurry. Seventeen men 
to a 10-ton boat is the usual crew, with a 
master pilot in the stern, manipulating a 
giant rudder to steer through the rushing 
waters while the rowers ply their paddles. 
Every man, in addition to his work, keeps 
an eagle eye upon the shore for any kind of 
game, and when he sees it everyone stops 
paddling while the pilot takes a shot. 
Our old pilot was an expert at this busi- 
ness: almost every time he shot he 
knocked over a turkey or a monkey. 

In going upstream, we kept our boat as 
close to the shore as possible in order to 
avoid the strongest current. The men 
paddled in unison, starting slowly and 
gradually increasing their speed until 
the stroke oar in the bow gave a long hoot. 
The next three strokes were finished by a 
flourish of the paddle, throwing the water 
high in air, after which they all settled 
down to work again at a much lower stroke 
until the same operation was repeated. 


THE WORLD’S WORK 


When a place was reached where the 
current was too swift the paddles were 
discarded and the men resorted to poling, 
or, if that was not effective, most of them 
jumped ashore, taking a heavy hawser, 
and pulled the boat along by main force. 
When one of the larger rapids was reached, 
however, the process was quite different. 
A loaded boat cannot be pulled over these; 
so the crew unloaded the cargo and 
carried it around the rapid, sometimes 
for half a mile or more. Then they 
dragged the boat up over the falls to 
the smooth water above and reloaded it. 
Sometimes we spent three days at one of 
these places; and there were more than 
twenty of them altogether. 

I built a shelter of palm leaves over the 
stern of the boat to protect us from the 
murderous sun, and from the rain which 
may come down at any hour. We always 
tried to keep moving until darkness made 
us halt, but the natives do not like to be 
rained on, as it may produce a chill and 
lay them low with fever. For this 
reason we often tied up until the sky 
cleared. The natives all have the fever 
in their systems, even the most husky 
looking, and among our crew there were 
always one or two men so sick that they 
had to be taken care of. 

Every night we camped on the shore. 
On the Madeira this is not the pleasant 
task one is used to in the Adirondacks, 
but after a few days’ practice we were 
able to devise a system to accomplish 
the disagreeable work in the shortest 
time. Certain men were told off to clear 
away the jungle for our tent, while others 
took the baggage ashore and the cook 
prepared the supper. I tried to clear the 
jungle myse!f with a machete, but soon 
learned the folly of it when a swarm of 
small red ants dropped down from the 
trees I touched, and made me run to cover. 
They are the most vicious little beasts 
that one would care to meet and will 
bite right through a heavy shirt. While 
they are no kinder to the natives, the 
effect seems to be less startling. 

The custom of the country is to sleep 
in a hammock swung between two trees, 
but I found a folding cot-bed, with the 
finest cheesecloth mosquito nets, far su- 

















AN AMERICAN ADVENTURE IN BRAZIL 


perior. The mosquitoes that spread the 
bad fever have rather late habits, for- 
tunately, which enabled us to enjoy the 
evenings in comparative safety until 
9 or 10 o'clock. In fact, this was the 
pleasantest time of day and really the 
only time when some kind of insect pest 
was not on the rampage. During the 
night we hung our clothes and boots to 
the top of the tent, or took them to bed 
with us, out of reach of another kind of 
ant which loves to eat them: leather shoe 
strings seemed to be their special hobby 
and they would cut them all to pieces 
every time they had a chance. 

Every few daysiwe came to one of the 
big rapids where the freight had to be 
unloaded and packed around by hand. 
After this laborious task had been accom- 
plished and everyone had a good rest, 
the hawser was passed forward to the 
men along the shore, and the boat was 
shoved off with the pilot at the rudder 
and two men standing in the bow holding 
its nose to the current with their long 
poles. Slowly the boat would be drawn 
up to the swiftest waters, the men on the 
cable all heaving together while a leader 
urged them on. 

It was seldom, however, that it could 
be drawn up by this simple method. It 
would strike some projecting boulder or 
get wedged between two rocks, and _ all 
their efforts could accomplish nothing 
until those in the boat jumped overboard 
and lifted it by the combined force of all. 

Our 'pilot gave a fine exhibition of cool 
nerve in this dangerous work. The tow- 
ing line once got caught below a sunken 
boulder while the boat was in a most dan- 
gerous position half way up a raging tor- 
rent. The water was too deep and swift 
to stand in near the bow, so he jumped in, 
holding fast to the tow line, and pulled him- 
self along under water until he was out of 
breath; then, after coming to the surface 
for a moment, he dived down again along 
the rope. 1 was sure he would be drowned 
or hurt before he reached the boulder; 
but I was mistaken, for he soon freed it 
and came drifting back to safety, yelling 
for everyone to pull. 

One famous rapid is called the Riberao. 
Here, even the boat must be dragged 


629 


overland for half a mile. Usually several 
boats arrange to arrive at this place to- 
gether and help one another around, for 
a single crew is not strong enough to drag 
one of these heavy boats on skids. When 
such an arrangement cannot be made, 
blocks and tackle must be rigged somehow. 

As the men all knew how to do it with- 
out any outside advice, | amused myself 
by bathing while they worked. The 
pleasure of this sport, however, was 
largely spoiled by the necessity of being 
constantly on the watch for some wily 
alligator or stingaree, so | usually con- 
tented myself with a very short dip and a 
long scrub on shore. 

After days of such traveling | reached 
Villa Bella, at the mouth of the Rio 
Beni, the first settlement in Bolivia, and 
the gateway to the wonderfully rich 
Acre rubber country. Villa Bella is one 
of the dreariest places | ever saw. Prob- 
ably more barbarities have been _per- 
petrated here, by a cowardly set of vil- 
lains who are in power, than in any other 
part of South America. They entice 
peons to come here from the interior of 
Bolivia under the promise of high wages. 
As soon as the unsuspecting natives 
arrive, they are arrested upon complaint 
of an agent of these men, who charges 
that the peons owe him a sum of money 
They are taken before the judge, who 
is also an accomplice and he imme- 
diately finds the peons guilty and sen- 
tences them to work out the debt on the 
boats that carry gold and rubber down 
the rapids. The conspirators own the 
boats, of course. They force the victims 
to work until they drop from exhaustion 
or die of fever. This conscription has 
been carried to such extent that there 
are not enough natives left to do the work 
to-day. If they will not work, the poor 
creatures are taken to the jail and stretched 
out on the ground while a burly ruffian 
gives them from 200 to 500 lashes with a 
deadly leather whip. You can tell these 
sufferers ever after, if they survive the 
ordeal, by the peculiar walk they have. 
We were told everywhere that the Bo- 
livian crews were far better workers than 
their Brazilian brethren and I believe 
they are, but after seeing the reason for 











630 
it at Villa Bella, | did not wonder much. 
I actually saw one boat’s crew of Bolivians 
work for two long days in the blazing sun 
without being given a thing to eat except 
a little cold salted beef, while they paddled. 
Among the peons, a smile is rare. 

I was glad to leave Villa Bella, especially 
after being charged a pound sterling per 
day for a room without meals in the only 
hotel. The only furniture in this room 
was a box and a tin basin, and the floor 
was dirt. No one, however, lives there 
for his health. 

Above Villa Bella the river is called the 
Mamoré for some strange reason. There 
are only fifteen or twenty miles of rapids 
before reaching the quiet waters at 
Guajara-Merim, but it required ten days 
of strenuous effort for us to get over them. 
Guajara-Merim is 220 miles from Porto 
Velho and will be the future terminus of the 
railroad. When the road is completed 
the train will cover, in one day, this dis- 
tance which had taken us thirty-five days 
to make in our boat. 

The railroad will do a tremendous busi- 
ness, although at the present time it is 
difficult to realize where in the world it 
will come from with so few towns in evi- 
dence. This is the gateway to a vast coun- 
try in which wealthy companies gather the 
finest grade of Para rubber. They have 
been forced heretofore to send it to market 
by other slow and expensive routes, but, 
with the opening of the railroad, it will 
all come out this way. And there will be 
a large return traffic of the things these 
people will buy from the markets of the 
world. 

A dozen river steamers ply a lucrative 
trade on the upper Mamore and on its 
greatest tributary, the Rio Guaporé. 
As these boats have no sailing schedules, 
you must await your chance to catch 
one when it happens to come along. I 
was so fortunate as to find one the follow- 
ing day ready to take my party up to 
Matto Grosso, which is at the head of 
navigation on the Rio Guaporé, nearly a 
thousand miles from Gaujara-Merim. This 
distance we were now to make ina 75-foot 
steam launch, with two open decks and a 
mixed Bolivian and Indian crew. The 
launch had no cabins (none of these upper 


THE WORLD’S WORK 


river boats have), but we had the boat 
all to ourselves and with several tent 
flies it was easy to rig up a crude shelter 
against the rain. Every night we tied 
up to the bank near some protected spot 
where no savages could get at us, and for 
double protection everyone slept on the 
river side when that was possible. For 
the country along this river is populated 
in places by aborigines who creep upon an 
unguarded person and pelt him with a 
shower of huge arrows that fly with great 
force. You seldom see these fellows, and 
they never make a sound, but they can 
shoot with wonderful accuracy. Only a 
rifle can scare them off, though we found 
that a long shriek from the whistle had 
a splendid effect in shattering their nerves. 
We met their more civilized brethren in 
every settlement; in fact, we had some of 
them among our crew. They were sober, 
silent fellows, with the characteristic 
straight black hair and high cheek-bones 
of our own Indians, and were the best 
workers that we had for tasks that 
required no great brain work. 

The country all along here was so very 
flat that the river seemed to be con- 
stantly tying itself into bowknots, until 
suddenly it would straighten out and 
shoot off on a long tangent for several 
miles before another turn appeared. We 
amused ourselves by shooting alligators; 
and whenever a stop was made to cut 
firewood, someone would get a turkey or 
fat duck for the table. This hunting on 
shore had its disadvantages, however, for 
you were almost certain to be stung or 
bitten by the ants and other creatures 
which seemed to be just as plentiful up 
here as on the Madeira River. 

Two days after leaving Guajara-Merim 
we arrived at the Fortalesa da Beira, 
which is the first settlement on the Rio 
Guaporé. This place, near the mouth of 
several rivers, was at such a strategic 
point that the early Portuguese governors 
of Brazil erected an imposing fortress on 
a hill behind the town to guard the upper 
river from their enemies in Bolivia. The 
old fortress is fast falling to decay, and it 
has been nearly swallowed up in the 
jungle; but it must have been a master- 
piece in its day. The massive walls are 














AN AMERICAN ADVENTURE IN BRAZIL 


made of fine cut stone. Inside the 
fortress a town was laid out, and a tunnel 
was run to the river so that drinking 
water might be obtained in case of siege. 
In one part of the town | found a maze 
of corridors with hidden pitfalls and other 


pleasant little surprises that the in- 
habitants had prepared for unwelcome 
guests. 


These early adventurers were truly a 
most wonderful race of men, although | 
have no doubt they were as tough char- 
acters as one would care to meet. We 
were supposed to be exploring an unknown 
region, and here we found proof that it 
had been run over fully 150 years ago by 
these indomitable gold seekers, who seemed 
to have had no more fear of fevers or 
savages than we did, for all our medicines 
and high power rifles. 

They were remarkably successful in 
their search for gold too, and found every 
mine which is known to-day in that 
region. Their energy was _ prodigious, 
for the nearest settlement was at Para, 
distant eight months of hard labor by 
boat, over a route beset by the dangers 
of savage attack. 

The river became extremely crooked 
toward its upper end and the water 
hyacinths at times made our progress 
not only slow but really exciting. We 
never knew what each sharp turn held 
in store for us until the turn was past. 
Once we ran smash into a fallen tree that 
stretched out over the water and lost 
the bow support to the upper deck; at 
another place the chicken coop on the 
after deckhouse was brushed overboard 
and the chickens were nearly drowned. 
But they climbed out somehow, and the 
rooster began to crow. But the incidents 
of this kind were trivial and merely added 
zest or amusement to the trip, until 
finally a huge limb put the bathroom out 
of business. That was the last straw; 
but fortunately we arrived at Matto 
Grosso that same evening, before any 
more accidents occurred. 

We were now almost 3,000 miles up the 
Amazon from the city of Para, and at the 
head of navigation, except for small 
canoes that can go nearly 200 miles farther 
by climbing over rapids. Matto Grosso 


631 


was once a very important place when 
the mines in the vicinity were turning 
out their gold. To-day, however, its 
glory has all vanished, leaving desolation 
in its wake. Some 200 ex-slaves are all 
that are left of its once considerable 
population. Their principal amusement 
seems to be in having fiestas, and one of 
these fiestas was under way the day we 
arrived. A lot of crazy Negroes were 
dancing and singing a weird chant through 
the deserted streets, all the while beating 
time on a curious set of instruments which 
gave forth a melody that sounded some- 
thing like the hoochee koochee tunes. The 
Negroes were all dressed in outlandish 
costumes. They were in deadly earnest, 
and so was the solemn procession that 
followed them, men and women, headed 
by an old couple dressed as king and 
queen. It was just such a scene of child- 
ish and superstitious make-believe as 
one would find in the darkest part of 
Africa. 

While this parade was in progress, a 
set of boys in the plaza were firing off a 
toy cannon, made from gas-pipe, and some 
home-made rockets, under the direction 
of the priest. 

I was amused for a time, but after four 
days of this spectacle, with an all-night 
variety of tum-te-te-tum music going on 
next door without a moment’s inter- 
mission, it began to get on my nerves. | 
was anxious to secure horses and men to 
take me out into the mining region, miles 
back of the town, but | might as well 
have tried to fly as to persuade these 
people to give up their pleasure until 
they were tired of the game. Even after 
they became exhausted, it took me another 
week tosecure a party of twelve young men, 
horses, mules, and bulls; and then a few 
more days were needed to equip them 
with arms and to secure the food we needed 
for the trip. Finally all was arranged, 
however, and we spent a month scurrying 
around the mountains before my work of 
examining the mines was completed. 

Among the properties | visited was one 
interesting mine that the old Portuguese 
had worked 150 years ago. It lay right 
at the foot of a low range of mountains 
where several little streams flowed, and 








632 THE WORLD’S. WORK 


had -been a famous property in -its day. 
The old -workings and ditches are now 
covered with a heavy growth of jungle, 
but even that failed to obliterate them 
altogether and | was able to trace them 
by crawling around with the aid of a 
machete. 

In such a dreary place, I could not help 
wondering what the prospect must have 
been to-the first man who discovered the 
mine, in 1768. Struggling through this 
deadly jungle, miles away from everyone 
and surrounded by a horde of hostile 
savages, he came on. the vein at a little 
stream where he stopped to slake his 
thirst. Breaking off a few pieces of the 
white quartz, he crushed it and washed it 
in his batea until he saw the gold —small 
chunks of it scattered through the dirt. 
Then he tried some more quartz with 
even better results. After that it took 
but a short time to trace out the vein, 
and hurry back to Matto Grosso, where 
the right to mine the land was secured. 

After this beginning, he and his friends 
brought in a small army of slayes and 
cleared off the jungle for a mile around, 
while others were set to work constructing 
a long ditch to bring water to the flat 
below. It was a clever piece of work for 
men.without surveyors’ instruments. They 
cut the ditch through a cement formation, 
that in places was twenty feet .in depth; 
and near the lower end they constructed 
a great chamber in which they ground the 
ore between huge rocks. Whether they 
used mercury to amalgamate the gold 
1 could not determine, but several stone 
tanks and sluices made me think that 
possibly they did. They built a town 
around these works with a brick kiln and 
.a distillery as the most important ad- 
juncts. It must have been a busy and 
exciting place to live in, ruled over by an 
iron hand, the master’s word law in 
everything, and a cruel law it was. 

Several times these pioneers were at- 
tacked by the merciless tribes of savages. 
Sickness-in every form was always present 
among the inhabitants of the town. In 
spite of everything, however, they took 
out a large amount of gold. And then, 
to enjoy it, they had to get out to the 
civilized world with it, through 3,000 


miles of. hostile .country, where -free- 
booters lay in wait: A convoy of several 
boats was usually formed to take it down 
the rivers to Para, but even with these 
precautions they sometimes lost it and 
their lives as well. After seeing the 
country, | marveled at the wonderful 
courage these old fellows had—rough and 
ambitious, ready to sacrifice everything 
to a stupendous greed. 


From Matto Grosso there are two 
routes to the outside world; one the way 
we had come, and the other over a low 
divide to the southeast and down the 
River Paraguay to Buenos Aires, a dis- 
tance of about 2,500 miles. It was 
then July. As the dry season was far ad- 
vanced, the Guaporé River had become 
very low and it would be difficult for any 
steamer to descend. Furthermore, our 
launch had long ago departed and there 
was no other to be found. So it did not 
take me long to decide to make the trip 
by the other route, overland to San 
Luis de Cacares, on the Rio Paraguay, 
nearly 180 miles from Matto Grosso. 
This is the route by which all the rubber on 
the Gauporé is sent out, and I understood 
that a good road would be found after 
the first 40 miles had passed. 

Before starting, | had an opportunity 
to see a good deal of rubber on its way to 
the outer world. The trees grow wild all 
along the Rio Guaporé, and several strong 
companies are established in the field. 
At the beginning of the dry season, groups 
of rubber gatherers with their families 
scatter along the river where the trees 
abound and tap them in the same manner 
as a maple sugar tree is tapped. The 
milk, which looks exactly like sterilized 
cream, is found directly under the bark. 
A slanting upward cut is made in the 
bark with a little hatchet, and a small tin 
is fastened below to catch the milk. The 
lower this cut is made on the trunk of 
the tree, the better the grade of milk. 
Every day hundreds of these little cups 
are filled and brought to camp. Here 
a smoldering fire is built out of a certain 
kind of palm, producing a thick, heavy 
smoke; and the milk- is smoked. This 
process consists in revolving over the 

















ivan 





AN AMERICAN ADVENTURE IN BRAZIL 











OVERBOARD TO GET UPSTREAM BY SHEER FORCE 


ASCENDING THE RIBERAO RAPIDS ON THE MADEIRA 
THRILLING FEATS IN THE HAZARDOUS 


fire a stout stick upon which the milk 
is slowly poured. After a time it hardens 
and a large white ball is formed, perhaps 
two feet in diameter, weighing from fifty to 








RIVER, WHERE THE NATIVE BOATMEN PERFORM 
WORK OF CLIMBING THE TORRENT 


seventy-five pounds. It is then placed in 
the sun, where it turns black and is ready 
to be shipped to market either at London 
or New York. Hundreds of these balls 














CREW MAKING READY TO HAUL 


THE BOAT OVER THE RAPIDS 


WHERE THE WATER WAS TOO SHALLOW AND THE CURRENT TOO SWIFT TO POLE UPSTREAM 








634 THE WORLD’S WORK 














TRANSPORTATION WITHOUT COMPETITION 
THE ONLY CRAFT ON THE AMAZON BETWEEN 
PORTO VELHO AND VILLA BELLA 


of rubber were scattered all along the 
route we took, each having the owner’s 
mark upon it. 

We departed from Matto Grosso one 
bright afternoon in July. Our outfit 
consisted of two huge wooden bull carts, 
to carry our food and baggage, and a half 
dozen riding animals. The trail led over the 
pampas toward a low pass in the moun- 
tains which we could see a long time before 
we reached it. This was my first experi- 
ence with bull teams and their drivers; 
and | hope it will be the last. So long as 
we plodded along on a nice open road 

















SWIMMING THE BULL TEAMS 


ACROSS THE JAURU RIVER A NECESSARY STAGE 
OF THE JOURNEY TO CACERES 


everything was lovely, even though it was 
most dreadfully slow traveling; but when 
we reached those mountains where the 
road was only a memory the whole outfit 
began to tire and the situation became 
distressing. The road was so badly over- 
grown that there might as well have been 
no road at all. Our progress became so 
slow that I feared we should run out of 
water. For three days we made only 
three miles a day, cutting every foot of 
the way through the thickest kind of 
jungle, without sighting the least puddle 
of water. We still had a little in our 





‘ oe ts . ® 
OR QT RRM. 
‘4 


“ee yw : 





DRAGGING THE BOAT BODILY AROUND THE WORST RAPIDS 


WITH THE AID OF OTHER CREWS THAT HAD PLANNED THEIR TRIPS SO THAT ALL 
FOR MUTUAL HELPFULNESS 


PLACE AT THE SAME TIME, 


SHOULD BE AT THIS 





























AN AMERICAN ADVENTURE IN BRAZIL 


635 











“WIRELESS” IN THE BRAZILIAN JUNGLE AT PORTO VELHO 


TALKING 500 MILES TO MANAOS. 
AROUND THE 


CAPABLE OF 


canteens for the men to drink, but the 
animals were getting desperate. Finally 
we drove them blindly, crashing through 
brambles and over rocks in a mad search 
for water, until we arrived at a river on 
the farther side of the range and rested 
for a day. The bulls were getting so 
tired now that they refused to drive well 
in the day time, and our men insisted on 
traveling in the early morning and after 
dark. During the heat of the day we 
rested, while the animals roamed about 
and ate a little. 

It was tiresome work, but we agreed to 
anything so long as they got ahead and 
did not wreck the outfit. Occasionally, 


RIBERAO RAPIDS BY 


ALSO PART OF THE RAILROAD BEING COMPLETED 
AMERICAN CONTRACTORS 


one of the top-heavy carts would tip over 
and spill everything out; or the bulls 
would take it into their heads to swerve 
off the road into the jungle, causing all 
kinds of trouble; but we persevered until 
the Rio Jauru was reached. This is a 
branch of the River Paraguay, about 
200 feet in width, which must be crossed 
on the road to Caceres. There is no 
bridge, and I was rather interested to 
see how our drivers would get the heavy 
carts over. This proved to be a simple 
matter, however. After unhitching the 
animals, the carts were rolled down into 
the water on top of two large canoes which 
afforded enough buoyancy to float them 











MODERN NAVIGATION ON THE UPPER AMAZON (GUAPORE RIVER) 
A STEAM LAUNCH SET UP AFTER THE MATERIALS COMPOSING IT HAD BEEN TRANSPORTED 2500 MILES 


UPSTREAM AND AROUND 200 


MILES OF RAPIDS 











636 


THE WORLD’S WORK 











GETTING FUEL FOR THE 


WITH THE AID OF 


across to the farther shore. The animals 
were all made to swim across. 

From the Rio Jauru to the Rio Paraguay 
was only 40 miles, but the road was rough 
enough to break the axle on one of our carts 
before we got there. It was really a marvel 
that it lasted as long as it did, for these bul- 
lock carts were frightfully heavy and they 
were subjected to very rough usage. The 





LAUNCH ON 
INDIAN WOMEN—NATIVE 








THE UPPER AMAZON 


THATCHED HUTS IN THE BACKGROUND 


wheels were of solid wood, 5 feet in diame- 
ter and 3 inches thick, fast on the wooden 
axle. The body of the cart was simply 
placed on top of the axle, being held in 
place by two pins, like inverted rowlocks 
ona boat. Every time one wheel crashed 
off a large rock or sank down in a deep 
hole, it put a terrific strain upon the hub 
and axle, and we had to wedge them tight 








THE BRAZILIAN INDIANS 





, 





IDEA OF A GRIST MILL 


MR. ROGERS’S TRINIDAD NEGRO COOK TAKING A LESSON FROM NATIVE INDIAN WOMEN ON THE 
GUAPORE RIVER IN THE ART OF MAKING CORN MEAL 





























AN AMERICAN ADVENTURE IN BRAZIL 




















FIESTA OF THE EX-SLAVES AT MATTO GROSSO 


WHICH CONTINUED FOR FOUR DAYS AND NIGHTS WHILE MR. ROGERS TRIED VAINLY TO BUY 
A CAMPING OUTFIT AND TO HIRE MEN TO ACCOMPANY HIM TO THE MINES 


every little while. When we were almost 
in sight of the end of our journey, one 
cart slid down into a deep rut and the 
axle simply twisted in two. Fortunately, 
we were so near our destination that we 
could afford to throw away some of our 
food and load the remainder on the other 
cart with the baggage. In this manner 
we reached the River Paraguay after seven- 








teen days’ traveling, and were ferried 
across to Caceres. 

We rested for a week at this pleasant 
little town and then took steamer down 
the River Paraguay to Buenos Aires. 
This trip of two weeks can be made in 
comparative comfort, provided one is 
not too particular what he eats. The 
steamers on the Paraguay all have cabins, 





THE ‘“‘KING’ AND “QUEEN” OF THE FIESTA 
AND THEIR ESCORT OF MUSICIANS PLAYING WEIRD AIRS ON STRANGE INSTRUMENTS 








638 THE WORLD’S WORK 














CROSSING THE PAMPAS FROM THE AMAZON TO THE PARAGUAY 
WHERE MR. ROGERS AND HIS PARTY NEARLY DIED FOR LACK OF WATER 


but I preferred to sleep on deck in my own 
camp bed for various reasons. In summer 
this is a frightfully hot trip and the con- 
stant rains make life disagreeable. Dur- 
ing the winter season, however, the climate 
is delightful. 

I made the acquaintance of a most 
interesting character on this journey. 
This was Captain Marquesa de Souza. 
He had been a member of the exploring 
party sent out by the Brazilian Govern- 
ment under Colonel Randon for the pur- 
pose of blazing a way for a telegraph line 














RAPID TRANSIT IN BRAZIL 


CART WITH SOLID WOODEN WHEELS, DRAWN BY 
EIGHT BULLS 


to connect Rio de Janeiro with Monaos. 
They traveled from Cuyaba to San 
Antonio, on the Medina River, a distance 
of 700 miles straight across an absolutely 
uncharted, unexplored and almost im- 
penetrable jungle. This gallant little band 
of 150 men had plunged undaunted into 
this morass, headed directly for San 
Antonio. They were soon lost in the 
depths of the jungle, but drove their way 
forward in the general direction they had 
planned, cutting down trees and building 
rafts to transport themselves across rivers, 











A “ROAD” THROUGH THE JUNGLE 


OVER WHICH THREE MILES WAS OFTEN 
A WHOLE DAY’S ADVANCE 














_ we ot a i 

















AN AMERICAN ADVENTURE IN BRAZIL 639 


compelled almost all the way to hew a path 
through the forest, discouraged by fever 
and disheartened by the shadow of death 
that hourly hovered about them in the 
arrows of the savages who, unseen, 
hung constantly on their flanks. It 
was Colonel Randon’s strict command 
that no natives should be injured. No 
matter how fierce their attack, no attempt 
was made at repulse. Whenever natives 
or their children were captured, they were 
treated with distinguished consideration 
and sent back to their own people, loaded 
with gifts. This policy placated many of 
the tribes, though others were unreconciled. 
At length, struggling on, their way entirely 
lost and their provisions running low, the 
expedition came to a broad river which 
they did not know. Determined now to 
seek the nearest outlet, they followed this 
stream to its mouth and found, to their 
astonishment, that it brought them out 
exactly at the point toward which they 
had aimed. Captain de Souza had just re- 
cently left the Randon party and his mod- 
est narrative was full of thrilling interest. 

As we approached Asuncion, the capital 











AN ANCIENT PORTUGUESE FORT IN THE 
BRAZILIAN WILDERNESS 
THE “FORTALESA DA BEIRA,” ON THE RIVER GUA- 
PORE, A RELIC OF THE PORTUGUESE PIONEERS 
WHO FOUND GOLD HERE 150 YEARS AGO, 
3000 MILES FROM THE COAST 





+ 


. 





a’ 
YA 





RUBBER AWAITING SHIPMENT 


EACH OF THESE BALLS OF “SMOKED” CRUDE RUBBER WEIGHS ABOUT 75 POUNDS, AND IS WORTH 
$1.25 A POUND, SO THAT SEVERAL THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS’ WORTH APPEAR IN THE PICTURE. 
MR. ROGERS PASSED MANY SUCH PILES LYING IN THE JUNGLE, UNPROTECTED 
EXCEPT FOR THE OWNER’S MARK STAMPED UPON EACH PIECE 








THE PILOT AND HIS CATCH 
AND A GLIMPSE OF THE JUNGLE 

of Paraguay, rumors of a revolution began 
to circulate, and the nearer we approached 
the more persistent these stories became. 
The Paraguayans on board were most 
excited, and it even looked a little serious 
for ourselves, for the steamer was owned 
in the country and would most likely be 
seized by one side or the other. In that 
case it was a question how we would 
come off. All our anxiety, however, was 
allayed, upon arrival at Asuncion, to find 
two cruisers—one Brazilian and the 
other Argentine — drawn up in a com- 
manding position with their guns trained 
on the custom house and on the Para- 
guayan navy, consisting of one little tug 
boat. If any fighting had taken place 
they would have blown the whole town 
to pieces. Recognizing this fact, the 
quarreling parties had decided simply to 








THE WORLD’S WORK 


change the President, a proceeding which 
usually occurs every few months. 

From Asuncion we took passage on an 
attractive steamer and arrived in a few 
days at the great city of Buenos Aires. 

We had traveled from Para, at the 
mouth of the Amazon, inland seven eighths 
of the width of South America at its 
widest part, and southward to Buenos Aires 
at the mouth of the River Plata. An 
equivalent in distance — 5,500 miles — 
though not in hardships, would be a 
journey from Maine, down the Atlantic 
Coast to Florida, across the Gulf of Mexico 
to the Pacific Ocean, and then up to 
Seattle. We had made the whole of this 
vast distance upon rivers, except 180 
miles. And we sailed from South America 
only four months after we entered it. 





AN ANCIENT GOLD DITCH 
LEFT BY PORTUGUESE PROSPECTORS 150 YEARS AGO 






































THE PENNSYLVANIA MOUNTED 
POLELE 


MAINTAINING LAW AND ORDER WITH LESS THAN 250 MEN TO THE STATE 
—A SIGNIFICANT EXAMPLE FOR THE REST OF THE COUNTRY 


BY 


BLAIR JAEKEL 


HE Texas Rangers and the 

Canadian Northwest Mounted 

Police are famous the world 

over. These are frontier forces. 

But such organizations would 
be equally effective against the disorders 
of the older states —lynchings, violent 
strikes, night riding; and the Pennsylvania 
State Mounted Police has demonstrated 
that this is true. Its work has many 
significant lessons for others of the older 
States. 

In April, 1905, the Governor of Penn- 
sylvania, Samuel W. Pennypacker, wrote 
a letter requesting Captain John C. 
Groome, of the Philadelphia City Troop 
(Militia) to come to Harrisburg. Cap- 
tain Groome had seen active service in 
Porto Rico at the time of the Spanish 
War; he was well versed in the manceuv- 
ring of mounted men. 

“Captain Groome,” said the Governor, 
in effect, “I am responsible for the main- 
tenance of peace and order throughout 
these 45,000 miles of Commonwealth. 
Whom have | to help me? Wharton, my 


’ 


secretary, and my stenographer. It’s too 
big a job for three. I had the last session 
of the Legislature pass a bill creating a 
department of State Police. Will you 
assume charger Will you be its Super- 
intendent?” 

Captain Groome went over the par- 
ticulars of the plan, and accepted. 

Thus, with little ostentation, came into 
being the Pennsylvania State “Con- 
stabulary,” as the layman sometimes 
calls them —the most picturesque, the 
most efficient, the most effective body of 
armed men in these United States. Sift 
the country from Tacoma to Tampa and 
you will not find its equal. Ninety 
per cent. of its members have served in 
the United States Army, and with the 
word “excellent” following the “conduct 
clause” in their discharge papers — 
Major Groome is most particular about 
that. Many have seen active service 
in the Philippines, Cuba, Porto Rico, in 
China at the time of the Boxer uprising. 
Now and again you will find among them 
a man who fought the Boers in South 











642 THE WORLD’S WORK 








ry a] are pf 





polit fi all 7 


GOING OUT ON PATROL 
A PLATOON OF THE PENNSYLVANIA STATE POLICE ON STRIKE DUTY AT SOUTH BETHLEHEM IN 1910 


Africa under the British flag. There are 
doctors, lawyers, college graduates, cow- 
punchers, genuine blown-in-the-bottle 
soldiers of fortune on the Force. Each 
is a well set up, well seasoned, thoroughly 
disciplined, and gentlemanly —let me 
italicize that — and gentlemanly veteran, 
perfectly able and willing, and paid by the 
state to ferret out the foreigner who stole 
chickens or to protect life and property. 
He knows neither friend nor foe. He is 


paid to do his duty and he does it, the 
responsibility of his doing it well resting 
often wholly upon himself, which fact 
alone places him upon a slightly higher 
plane than the army man, constantly 
under the eye of his superior officer. 
Before the advent of the State Police, 
the Governor of Pennsylvania was wont 
to commission, at the request of property 
owners, what were called the Coal and 
Iron Police, to preserve order as best they 





AX 


x AX AY 
a.0ar.% RY XY 





* 
, Ds" AY } 





i ea = 


KEEPING THE PEACE WITH CLUBS AND CARBINES 


























THE PENNSYLVANIA MOUNTED POLICE 


643 








’ 


“TROOP B’ 


could in times of labor troubles at the 
steel mills or in the coal regions. These 
Coal and Iron Policemen were, for the 
most part, men who sided with the oper- 
ators for the time being and for a certain 
monetary consideration. In many, in- 
deed, in most cases they were inexperi- 
enced and inefficient, and their terms of 
service were for some _ unaccountable 
reason unlimited. Not a few of the crimes 
committed in times of industrial peace 
were laid at the doors of men who still 
wore the badges of Coal and Iron Police- 
men. 

But one thing to their credit: they 
were not under the many obligations 
during strikes, as are the township con- 





OF THE MILITARY ORGANIZATION 








OF STATE POLICE 


stables to-day who are upon one side or 
the other in the quarrel for election. 
The deplorable constable system, as well 
as some of our municipal police systems, 
where the patrolmen act also in the 
capacity of “ward heelers,” are but two 
of the reasons why it ought to behoove 
every state in the Union to follow Penn- 
sylvania’s exmple and inaugurate a force 
of mounted police, free from politics, 
responsible to no one but its Superinten- 
dent and the Governor of the State. 
The sentiment toward the “Penny- 
packer Cossacks,” as the miner and mill 
worker dubbed the Pennsylvania State 
Police at the time of their organization, 
was about one tenth pro and nine tenths 








GUARDING PROPERTY DURING 





FHE STEEL 


STRIKE OF IQIO 


STRIKERS iN THE BACKGROUND 








644 





THE WORLD’S WORK 














KEEPING TRAFFIC OPEN DURING THE CHESTER CAR STRIKE OF 1908 


con. The extent of their popularity with 
organized labor can best be epitomized by 
quoting a part of a hand-bill printed and 
circulated in Sharon, Pa., in the spring 
of 1907, when a strike was in progress in 
the mills at that place. The circular 





MAJOR JOHN C. GROOME 


SUPERINTENDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE 
POLICE OF PENNSYLVANIA 


was headed, “Scab Protection in South 
Sharon,” and read partly as follows: 


A detachment of the State Constabulary, 
better known as the “Pennypacker Cossacks,” 
have taken up their abode in South Sharon. 
This organization is created ostensibly for the 
purpose of upholding law and order, but in 
reality to protect scabs during a strike. 

This unprincipled and . . . set ‘ 
are upheld in their dastardly occupation by the 
press and pulpit of this entire country. 


But, contrary to the opinion of the 
writer of the circular, the press in general 
was not so favorable to the State Police 
as he would have his readers imagine. 
Scathing articles appeared against them 
from time to time in the smaller news- 
papers throughout the state. 

The operators were no less dubious 
as to the effect that would be produced by 
the State Police than were the miners and 
mill workers. Certain railroad officials 
were bitterly opposed to them on the 
ground that they constituted simply a 
political organization, valueless in time of 
real trouble. But it turned out otherwise. 
According to Major Groome, the competi- 
tive physical and mental examinations 
which every aspirant to the force must 
undergo, and which was mercifully men- 
tioned in the Governor’s act, precluded 
all possibilities of making the force a 
political asylum for vote-getters. 























THE PENNSYLVANIA MOUNTED POLICE 


645 








INSPECTION 


In the early years of the history of the 
Pennsylvania State Police Force, the 
Commonwealth was scarcely any busier 
trying to convict men arrested by the 
troopers for various offences than were the 
friends of the alleged offenders in trying 
to convict the troopers of illegal pro- 
cedure. Arrest was followed closely by 
counter-arrest; and all the while organized 
labor was hammering at the powers that 
be in Harrisburg to have the Force 
abolished. 

The operators, however, soon com- 
menced to realize the inefficiency of their 
Coal and Iron Police as compared with 
the state’s troopers — educated men with 
a keen perception between right and wrong, 








OF A MOUNTED TROOP OF STATE POLICE 


better trained, better armed, better versed 
in the laws of the Commonwealth — while 
successive instances, of which the follow- 
ing is an example, are strengthening daily 
the belief in the minds of the laborers 
that the State Police do not discriminate 
between miner and millionaire: The little 
child of a Hungarian miner in the anthra- 
cite regions had disappeared, supposedly 
had been kidnapped. A _ whole troop 
of State Police was put on the case. They 
scoured the country for a number of days, 
mounted and on foot. The child was 
finally found and returned to its parents. 

As further evidence of the strengthen- 
ing confidence in the force among the 
laboring element — last summer some 








INFANTRY DRILL 


OF STATE. POLICEMEN 








646 THE WORLD’S WORK 











WHEN THE STATE POLICE COME TO TOWN QUIET REIGNS 
EFFICIENCY THROUGH MILITARY DISCIPLINE INSURES PEACE AT ANY COST 


Mine Union officials called on the telephone 
the headquarters of Troop “B” at Wyom- 
ing, Pa., and asked that a detail of troop- 
ers be sent to preserve order at a union 
picnic to be held the following day. 
Major Groome counts one state trooper 
equal to an even hundred of the average 
mob. One or two striking comparisons 


of their effectiveness as against that of 
the old time Coal and Iron Police or the 
State Militia will suffice. 

In July, 1892, 8563 Pennsylvania Na- 
ional Guardsmen were summoned to 
attempt to maintain order during the 
great strike among the steel workers at 
Homestead, Pa. The maintenance of these 








> Tr: 





em 
Tr 


‘MOVE ON” 
A STATE POLICEMAN KEEPING THE CROWD MOVING DURING A STRIKE 











-—. a ‘tr 


Ma4.a — KA 


we 














THE PENNSYLVANIA MOUNTED POLICE 














BACK TO BACK AGAINST ALL COMERS 
GUARDING A RAILROAD DURING A STRIKE 


men in the field and salaries paid for 
their services cost the Commonwealth 
exactly $440,386.22 — more than the total 


appropriation to maintain the entire 
State Police Force of Pennsylvania for 
one year. 


The steel strike at McKee’s Rocks in 
1908 promised to tower head and shoul- 
ders above the one at Homestead. A 
troop of State Police were on the ground 
at the first hint of disorder. Their superb 
courage and diplomacy brought about a 
satisfactory settlement at a total cost to 
the Commonwealth of nothing, because 
“in a fight or a frolic’’ they are at all 
times on the pay roll. 

A riot is like a runaway —if it gets 
its head it is fifty times as hard to stop 
as when it started. The trouble with the 
old way of things was that they called 
out the militia only as a last and often 
hopeless resort. The State Police prevent 
a riot from getting its head — and strike 
violence is usually nothing less than an 
exaggerated riot prolonged indefinitely. 

Again, during the strike in the anthra- 
cite coal fields of 1900, 2,500 militiamen 
were sent to the region to preserve order. 
Their maintenance cost the Common- 


wealth, according to the figures of the 
Adjutant General, $113,842.52. In the 
same field in 1902 the entire military 
force of Pennsylvania, 9,000 men, was 
called upon to quell the great strike 
authorized by John Mitchell. Funds 
from the State Treasury to the extent of 
$993,856.46 were eaten up in salaries and 
maintenance of the militiamen, while the 
money lost by them in being ordered to 
forsake their vocations for the time being, 
their various business enterprises suffering 
proportionately, can not be computed. 








THE ‘‘HURRY-UP WAGON ” 
OF THE STATE POLICE 








648 THE WORLD’S WORK 











“a “a : /~ 
4 beg, 
* 
* 
, | 


A NEAR VIEW OF THE POLICEMEN 


MR. ROOSEVELT AND MR. JOHN MITCHELL IN 
THE GROUP 





Captain Adams with eight troopers 
from Troop “D” preserved order and 
consequently brought about the settle- 
ment of the 1906 strike in the bituminous 
coal regions, where, during a previous 
outburst of lawlessness, a whole brigade 
of militiamen had been used. 

A short summary of a few of the accom- 
plishments of the State Police Force will 
show the class of men that it is made of, 
their duties and their methods. 


Early in April, 1908, the motormen and 
conductors of the Chester, Pa., traction 
company went on strike. Upon the re- 
quest of a city official of Chester, Lieu- 
tenant Feuerstein and a detail of sixteen 
men from Troop “C” were sent to the 
scene to preserve order and_ protect 
property. Upon their arrival a mob of 
1,500 men surrounded the car _ barns. 
The sixteen troopers, under command 
of their Lieutenant, dispersed the crowd, 
although not without frequent and effec- 
tive use of their clubs. In return, they 
were stoned and hooted at, the local police 
abetting the methods of the mob in 
making things as uncomfortable for them 
as possible. Only by bringing their re- 
volvers into play could the streets be kept 
clear. In spite of this, Chester’s Chief 
of Police assured Lieutenant Feuerstein 
that the local force could handle the situa- 
tion. The detail was promptly withdrawn 
and ordered to return to its barracks, 

With the State Police out of the way the 

















STATE POLICE SPIES 
DISGUISED AS COAL MINERS 








a a 


re -— — A Fw, RA, 


rt 











THE PENNSYLVANIA MOUNTED POLICE 


strikers ran things to suit themselves in 
Chester. The local police force proved 
itself thoroughly incompetent to cope with 
the situation, and either through fear 
or sympathy with the striking carmen, 
failed to restore order in the community. 
After three days of tearing up car tracks 
and switches and demolishing Traction 
Company property the Governor on April 
16th received a telegram signed by the 
mayor and the chief of police of Chester 
and the sheriff of the county to the effect 
that “the strikers had overcome the local 
police force in open conflict” and asking 
that a detail of not less than 150 men be 
sent to Chester immediately. 

Early the following morning 10 officers 
and 135 state policemen, under the 
command of Superintendent Groome, de- 
trained at Media. By 8.30 they were 
marching toward Chester. By 4 o'clock 
that afternoon they had the mob well 
under control and the streets cleared. 
At 4.30 the first trolley car that had 
clanged through Chester in weeks was 
started from the car barn, preceded by a 
platoon of fourteen mounted men. State 
policemen patroled the entire route of 
61 blocks, and the car proceeded upon 
its none too peaceful way, interrupted 
occasionally by a fusillade of bricks and 
stones. During the pageant more than 
a dozen belligerent and excessively ag- 
gressive strikers were arrested and turned 
over to the local authorities. From that 
day until the state police were ordered 
to quit Chester, cars were operated upon 
regular schedule over as many routes as 
the members of the force were able to 
patrol. In his official report of this 
affair, Major Groome says that “during 
the six weeks the Force was in Chester 
law and order was maintained, not with- 
standing the encouragement given to the 
disorderly element by the authorities 
and citizens.” 

The effective work of the state police 
force in restoring and preserving order 
during the Philadelphia street car strike 
in 1910 is still fresh in the minds of many 
of my readers. 

Details from the four troops, number- 
ing 8 officers and 170 enlisted men under 
the personal command of Major Groome 


649 


were ordered to Philadelphia to quell 
the riots and disorders which were of 
daily occurrence, and which the entire 
police force of the city had been unable 
to control. The men were assigned to a 
certain section known as the Kensington 
District, 16 blocks square, wherein are 
located many of Philadelphia’s large 
manufacturing establishments — the most 
troublesome section in the opinion of the 
local authorities. By noon on the very 
day of their arrival, order was restored 
out of apparent chaos, and violence was 
effectually put to an end. Numerous 
arrests were made the first day that the 
district was presided over by the troopers, 
and the Rapid Transit Company com- 
menced forthwith to operate their cars 
regularly and with perfect safety. 

The deeds of that day were character- 
ized by frequent and convincing proofs 
that the actions of the state police were 
not curbed by any fear of personal dan- 
ger; that the troopers knew they were 
above the influence of politics; and that 
they cherished no sentimental affiliations 
either with the strikers or the traction 
company. 

A curious thing about the Philadelphia 
strike was that a greater part of the dis- 
order and violence was done by youths 
of twenty years of age or under, who were 
not and never had been employed by the 
street car company. 

A state policeman saw one lad throw 
a brick through a car window. After 
a chase of three blocks the trooper caught 
him. Instead of “beating him up,” the 
usual method of procedure with the local 
policeman, the trooper learned from the 
boy his home address, escorted him thither 
and delivered him into the hands of his 
father, who waxed right wrathy toward 
the boy as the trooper told of what he had 
caught him doing. The trooper reported 
that as he was leaving the premises, 
sounds indicated that the boy was not 
being spared. 

During the same strike the men em- 
ployed in some of the mills in the Kensing- 
ton District annoyed the law-abiding 
citizensa lot more than did the strikers 
themselves. One day just at the close 
of the noon hour, a couple of rocks were 





650 THE WORLD’S WORK 


thrown at a passing trolley car by two 
members of a group of workmen who sat 
smoking on the entrance steps of a large 
hat factory. Two state policemen on 
patrol in the vicinity saw what had hap- 
pened. By the time they had reached 
the steps the factory whistle had blown 
and the workmen had disappeared into 
the building. The troopers notified the 
superintendent of the factory that they 
would have to make the arrests. Per- 
mission being granted, they walked 
through the different rooms until they 
found the culprits, arrested them on the 
spot, and marched them downstairs 
through 600 sympathetic workmen with- 
out hearing even a whimper of protest. 

As an example of sheer nerve in the face 
of almost certain death, | have a story to 
tell of Private Homer Chambers (since 
promoted to Sergeant) of Troop “D.” 

About 4.30 on a Sunday afternoon in 
September, 1906, Sergeant Logan of Troop 
“D” arrived in New Florence, Pa., on the 
trail of Leopold Scarlat, an Italian, who 
had killed his brother-in-law during a 
family altercation the previous evening. 
The description of the murderer Scarlat 
tallied with that of a man who boarded 
at a certain house in New Florence. 

In attempting to make the arrest, 
Logan was shot at five times. He re- 
treated and, after securing two men to 
watch the house, telephoned to the bar- 
racks, then located at Punxsutawney, 
for assistance. Privates Henry, Cham- 
bers, Mullen, Koch and Mcllvain arrived 
on the next street, car. 

As the six men approached the house 
to arrest Scarlat and when within twenty- 
._ five paces of the building, the Italians 
opened fire from a second story window. 
Henry received a charge of buckshot full 
in the abdomen, and fell dead. Mullen 
went down with the second volley, 
wounded in the right leg. The men fell 
back to allow Mullen to hobble to a freight 
car that stood on a siding close to the 


scene. 

At this point Chambers darted forward, 
under a steady fire from the house, to 
rescue Henry. While attempting to raise 
the body of his comrade he was shot three 
times in the head, once in the eye, once 


in the stomach, and three times through 
the lungs. 

“T’ve got enough,’ he said; and he 
tottered back to the freight car, reluctantly 
leaving the body of the dead trooper to 
be bullet-riddled by the Italians. 

Further assistance was telephoned for 
to the barracks and eighteen more men, 
in charge of First Sergeant Lumb and 
Sergeant Marsh, galloped down the road 
to New Florence. At the sight of the 
dead trooper the hearts of the new detail 
burned with revenge. They rescued his 
body by a ruse; then rushed upon the 
boarding house. Private F. A. Zehringer 
was shot and instantly killed as he entered 
the building at the head of the detail. 

The troopers again withdrew and 
decided to wait until morning. Through- 
out the night the battle continued inter- 
mittently. The house was surrounded, 
perforated with bullets, and many 
foreigners were arrested while trying to 
assist the besieged Italians. Although 
searchlights were mounted and brought 
into play, it is supposed that several 
inmates of the house escaped during a 
heavy rainstorm that raged part of the 
night. 

In the morning the outlaws still refused 
to surrender, and Captain Robinson of 
Troop “D,” having arrived on the scene, 
resolved to blow up the house. In a 
charge led by him, and while he placed a 
boxful of dynamite among the foundations 
and lighted the fuse, Sergeants Lumb and 
Marsh entered the house and snatched 
from the foot of the stairway the body of 
the unfortunate Zehringer. Hardly had 
they retreated to a safe distance when 
the dynamite exploded, shattering the 
side of the building. Three Italians, 
including the murderer Scarlat and Jim 
Tabone, an outlaw wanted in a dozen 
counties, were found dead in the ruins. 

Upon the arrival at New Florence of 
the second detail of eighteen men, Mullen 
and Chambers were escorted over to the 
street car line to board a car for the 
Punxsutawney Hospital. As he undressed, 
preparatory to being operated upon, 
Chambers stood in front of a long mirror 
so that he might see just where he had been 
hit. It was more than two hours after 














6 at Cf ah 6 cee ae Ce 


a a! 0 OA ee 


o”"0a 


h 


h: 











THE PENNSYLVANIA MOUNTED POLICE 


he had been shot that he became uncon- 
scious, and then only on the operating 
table under the influence of an anesthetic. 
For two days all hope of his recovery was 
despaired of. Now, however, except for 
the loss of the sight of one eye, 
Chambers is hale and _ hearty and 
doing active state police duty as Sergeant 
of Troop “D.” 

No trooper of the famous Northwest 
Mounted Police of Canada experiences 
one half the action that does one of 
Pennsylvania’s organization of peace pro- 
moters. The number of Jlaw-breakers 
throughout the whole of Canada’s North- 
west might be divided into the number of 
bad men in Pennsylvania a good many 
times without any fraction remaining. 
As will be observed, the trooper has other 
duties to perform than quell riots, restore 
order, and protect property during strikes. 
He is a game and fish warden, a county 
detective, a fighter of forest fires, and a 
health officer, all in one. 

In February, 1907, several members of 
Troop “B” were detailed as “plain 
clothes men”’ to investigate Black Hand 
outrages in the vicinity of Wilkesbarre. 
But two or three days were consumed in 
procuring the necessary evidence. On 
February 4th, Captain Page, Lieutenant 
Lumb, three sergeants, and forty men were 
sent to a place nearby called Browntown 
to assist the county detective in making 
arrests. Twenty-five Italian members of 
the Black Hand fraternity were taken 
into custody, together with nine stilettos, 
twelve revolvers, and seventeen rifles and 
shotguns. The result of this raid prac- 
tically obliterated the nefarious society 
in that district. 

Another comprehensive round-up of the 
Black Hand was made in Barnesboro, 
Cambria County, on May 5th of the same 
year. Troopers in plain clothes had been 
gathering evidence for some weeks pre- 
vious. On the day mentioned, twenty- 
four men of Troop “D” under Captain 
Robinson, Lieutenant Egle, and two ser- 
geants descended upon a house in Barnes- 
boro that had been known as the district 
headquarters of the gang. The society 
happened to be holding a meeting at the 
time and all fourteen were captured. 


651 


Every one of them has since been tried 
and convicted. 

Again, in August, a sub-station of 
Troop “D” was established at Hillville, 
Lawrcene Coutny, to suppress Black 
Hand activities in that vicinity. During 
the month and a half that the detail 
was on the station, twenty-three Italians 
were arrested, tried, and _ convict- 
ed, and are now serving sentences of 
from three to ten years in the peniten- 
tiary. 

In October, 1907, Sergeant Price and 
seven privates from Troop “B,” upon the 
request of the county medical inspector, 
were sent to a foreign settlement near 
Wilkesbarre to establish a quarantine 
during a prevalent scarlet fever epidemic, 
the local authorities being unable to 
enforce the laws governing the conditions. 
While on this assignment a serious case 
of the disease was contracted by one of 
the troopers. 

No star reporter on a great daily news- 
paper is trained to observe more closely 
than are the members of the Pennsylvania 
state police force. For example: One 
day in November, 1907, three troopers 
were sent from the Wyoming, Pa., barracks 
to investigate the robbery of several hun- 
dred pounds of copper wire from the 
Moosic Lake Traction Company. Its 
poles had been cut down for more than 
a mile. Marks along the road suggested 
that a two-horse wagon had been used to 
haul the wire away. After following the 
tracks for several miles the wagon-load 
of wire, unattended by man or beast, 
was located in the mountains, the robbers 
having unhitched the horses and ridden 
them off. Private Smith dismounted to 
examine the hoof marks. One of the 
horses seemed to have been shod with a 
peculiarly shaped bar-shoe. The trail 
of this horse was followed by the troopers 
forty-three miles to Carbondale, in an 
adjoining county, where it was found in a 
livery stable. The three men who had 
hired the team were located, and not being 
able to give conclusive proof of their where- 
abouts at the time the wire was stolen, 
were arrested, tried, and found guilty. 

While riding out along his patrol one 
day Private Snyder of Troop “C” noticed 





652 THE WORLD’S WORK 


a thin column of smoke rising from the 
centre of a corn field. Positive that no 
farmhouse stood in the immediate locality, 
Snyder rode into the field to investigate. 
To his surprise and delight —for his 
investigation cleaned up a mystery that 
a whole force of railroad detectives had 
failed to solve—he found two men 
smelting brass railway journals bearing 
the stamp of the Philadelphia and Reading 
Company. Snyder placed both men under 
arrest. At the trial it was found that one 
of them had been arrested before for 
larceny and released on bail. Both were 
sentenced to the penitentiary. 

The Pennsylvania police like “‘’Er Majes- 
tie’s Jollies” of whom Mr. Kipling sings, 
never ask what to do. They think 
for themselves and they act for them- 
selves. Sergeant Mais and four privates 
of Troop “B,” sent to the Mount Look- 
out Cc'liery near Wyoming to preserve 
order atter an explosion of fire-damp that 
snuffed out the lives of fourteen miners, 
helped in the rescue work with such a will 
that the whole state applauded; Privates 
Hentz and White of the same troop dis- 
persed a mob of several hundred striking 
miners at Dunmore and rescued 75 non- 
strikers; Sergeant Jacobs and 5 privates 
of Troop “A” stood up under the terrific 
strain of 32 hours’ continuous duty, hand- 
ling the morbid crowd at the mine shaft 
and maintaining perfect order during 
the recovering of the bodies of 154 men 
killed in the terrible mine explosion at 
Marianna in November, 1908; Private 
Ames of Troop “A” trailed a murderer 
down into Alabama and brought him 
back to the Westmoreland County jail; 
36 men of Troop “A” spent two months 
preserving order as best they could, which 
was infinitely better than any one ever 
expected, among the striking employees 
of the Pressed Steel Car Works at Butler. 
Private Kelleher of Troop “C,” veteran 
of the Boer War, while trying to assist 
a defenceless woman who was _ being 


beaten and robbed by two Italians, was 
stabbed by one of her assailants and killed. 
His entire troop scoured the country for 
six days in search of the murderer before 
they got him, but get him they did. 

In one year the state police enforced 


the laws, maintained order, and protected 
millions of dollars’ worth of property during 
five great strikes, and, in addition, the 
Department received during that year 
3,550 calls for assistance from sheriffs, 
district attorneys, chiefs of police, justices 
of the peace, mayors, and fish and game 
wardens — nearly ten a day! Ina single 
year the force, taken in the aggregate, 
rides 390,000 miles, visiting upward 
of 2,000 towns and boroughs in 60 differ- 
ent counties, while the money collected 
and turned over to the counties and the 
fish and game commissions from procured 
convictions runs well up into the thousands 
of dollars annually. 

The force is only 228 officers and men. 
Notwithstanding the facts that the en- 
trance examinations to the force are 
rigid, the training and duties more often 
arduous and dangerous than pleasant, 
and the pay insufficient, there are fifty 
or more applicants for every available va- 
cancy. On the other hand, many men 
after their first term of enlistment of two 
years have left the force to accept better 
paying positions. The Pressed Steel Car 
Company in Butler, for example, will 
take on all the ex-state policemen they 
can get to act as private detectives about 
the plant at salaries ranging from $75 
to $100 a month. Eighty-two of the 
138 men discharged from the force in one 
year bore excellent records, were well 
trained and efficient, but left to accept 
positions offering more tempting salaries. 

Through the activities of Major Groome, 
a substantial increment was added last 
year to the pay of the men. To-day the 
salaries range from the $900 a year of the 
private to the $1,800 of the captain, plus 
$60 a year for every term of reénlistment. 
Out of this the trooper pays on an average 
of $18 a month board at the barracks. 
Horses, arms, equipment, and two uni- 
forms a year are supplied by the state. 

But Major Groome is by no means 
satisfied. With the proper and well- 
applied codperation of the legislature 
and the chief executive of the common- 
wealth he hopes to make of the state 
police force of Pennsylvania a something 
to be envied abroad and respected and 
honored at home. 




















“WHAT I AM TRYING TO DO” 


AN AUTHORIZED 


INTERVIEW WITH 


DR. RUPERT BLUE 


(SURGEON-GENERAL OF THE UNITED STATES PUBLIC HEALTH AND MARINE HOSPITAL SERVICE) 


BY 
THOMAS F. LOGAN 
T WAS Dr. Rupert Blue, the new — states they codperate with him. In emer- 
Surgeon-General of the PublicHealth gencies, the Surgeon-General has the 


and Marine Hospital service, who 

proved that rodents are the agents of 

the bubonic plague and who, by rat- 
proofing the houses and buildings of San 
Francisco after the earthquake and fire, 
drove out the rats as well as the plague, 
which had been menacing the lives of the 
people of that city. And he was second 
in command when the service drove the 
mosquitoes and the yellow fever out of 
New Orleans. 

“My greatest ambition,” said Dr. Blue, 
in an authorized interview, “is to clean 
up the United States. Were every build- 
ing rat-proof, there would be no plagues 
and much less disease. | look forward 
to the day when the good housekeeper 
will feel that it is as much of a disgrace 
to have mosquitoes and flies in the house 
as it is to have bed-bugs. When that 
time comes, disease in the United States 
will be reduced one third.” 

As the chief health officer of the United 
States, it is Dr. Blue’s duty to protect this 
country from foreign invasions of microbes. 
He has charge of the investigation of all 
leprosy cases in Hawaii; forty-four 
quarantine stations in the United States 
and others in the Philippines, Hawaii, 
and Porto Rico; and he supervises the 
medical officers detailed to American con- 
sulates abroad to prevent the introduction 
of contagious or infectious diseases into 
the United States. 

But the real problem that confronts him 
is to prevent epidemics in the United 
States. At the present time, the laws 
do not permit the Surgeon-General to 
interfere with the health authorities of 
the various states, but in most of the 


authority to override the state authorities, 
but he rarely exercises or finds it nec- 
essary to exercise this power. 

Here is the story of the Surgeon-Gen- 
eral’s career as told in his own words: 

“I began by studying law,” he said, 
“because it was my father’s wish. For 
six months | studied under him. | dis- 
liked it. Immediately after his death I 
took up the study of medicine. | entered 
the University of Virginia, where I took 


some preparatory courses. Later, in 
1891, I went to the University of 
Maryland, in Baltimore, and _ finished 


my course there, obtaining the advantages 
of hospital work. Just after | graduated 
I saw a notice that there would be an 
examination in Washington for what was 
then called the Marine Hospital Service, 
and | immediately wrote for permission 
to come before the board. I received the 
proper invitation from the Surgeon-General 
and presented myself in April, 1902, with 
the result that I was passed and accepted. 

“T was then sent to Cincinnati. The 
most helpful experience that I had was 
as an interne at the Cincinnati Marine 
Hospital, where I came into touch with 
Surgeon Carter, who afterward became 
very famous as a yellow fever expert 
in our service. In fact, he was doing 
advanced work in yellow fever in those 
days. 

“T remained in Cincinnati about six 
or eight months, as I recollect it,’’ con- 
tinued Surgeon-General Blue, “and later 
went to Galveston. In 1899 I went to 
Italy. The plague was then threaten- 
ing the United States from several 
points in Europe and | was sent over to 





654 


inspect passengers and freight en route 
to the United States. I returned to this 
country, went to Milwaukee, and finally 
was ordered to California, where the plague 
had broken out. That mission was the 
beginning of my real work in life. 

“There was so much opposition to the 
plague work in San Francisco that we 
could not get the consent of the people 
and the state to do certain work. After 
a while, however, a new governor was 
elected —Governor Pardee—and _ he 
favored all methods necessary to the 
eradication of the plague. I decided 
that the only way to handle the situa- 
tion was to make Chinatown rat-proof. 

“Rats get into buildings by gnawing 
through the wooden floors. So I hired 
gangs of laborers and had them cut away 
all wood-work and substitute concrete in 
the foundations and basements of all the 
buildings in Chinatown. Our success in 
eradicating the plague by this method 
established the principle that by rat- 
proofing buildings and driving the rats 
out of their homes we could destroy the 
plague. 

“We learned, beyond all chance of a 
mistake, that rats are almost invariably 
the carriers of the disease. A flea bites an 
infected rat, and is thereby infected. 
Then the flea bites another rat —or a 
human being—and so transmits the 
bubonic infection. 

“The disease has been known for 
centuries in Western China and Northern 
India, but the first permanent anti-plague 
work ever done was accomplished in this 
country —out there in San Francisco. 
Altogether, we rat-proofed the entire 
twenty blocks of Chinatown, even wiring 
any openings that might be near the 
ground. I had one hundred men at work. 
The buildings were condemned in _ half- 
block lots. We then sent men into the 
condemned buildings to tear out all the 
ground woodwork, and before the owner 
could occupy a building again he had to 
have it concreted. Up to that time there 
had been 121 plague cases, nearly all of 
which were confined to Chinatown. About 
eight were white. We finished the work 


in 1904, and the last case of plague for 
several years occurred in February, 1904. 





THE WORLD’S WORK 


] was kept out there until a year after the 
last case occurred. 

“Then I had charge of the Marine 
Hospital at Norfolk, Va., for awhile. 
Next, I was ordered to New Orleans, where 
a yellow fever epidemic had broken out. 
We got rid of the yellow fever two months 
before the frost by putting into effect 
the principles we had learned from Sur- 
geons Reid and Carroll — that you could 
get rid of yellow fever entirely by de- 
stroying the mosquitoes and by no other 
means. Dr. White was in charge of the 
campaign, and | was second in command.” 

The Dr. White referred to by Dr. Blue 
was his chief competitor for the office 
of Surgeon-General, and for some time it 
was doubtful which would win. 

“Experiments,” continued Dr. Blue, 
“had been made in Cuba to determine the 
mode of transmission of yellow fever. 
We had known for many years that the 
burning of sulphur would get rid of the 
infection of yellow fever in a_ building, 
but we did not know why. Now we know 
that it was because the sulphur killed the 
mosquitoes. The value of this principle 
was first demonstrated at New Orleans. 
We would simply go into a house and 
destroy the breeding places of the insects 
by closing it up and fumigating it thor- 
oughly. We did this everywhere in New 
Orleans. And we educated the people 
to the danger of mosquitoes, showing them 
how they could be destroyed by cleanli- 
ness. There has been no yellow fever 
in New Orleans since 1905. 

“The following year | was ordered for 
duty on a tuberculosis board to inspect 
Government buildings and outline certain 
methods for preventing the spread of 
tuberculosis. Before completing that 
work the earthquake and fire occurred 
in San Francisco in 1906. I was sent out 
there and assisted in the formation of 
sanitary camps for the refugees. The 
sanitation of these camps was very im- 
portant. We put them in_ salubrious 
places, protected the water supplies, and 
screened the kitchens against flies, and 
arranged for the disposal of sewage. 

“Shortly afterward I was detailed as 
director of health of the Jamestown 
exposition, staying through the exposition 











“WHAT I AM TRYING TO DO” 


until September, 1907, when the second 
epidemic of plague broke out in San 
Francisco. The mayor and other author- 
ities requested that I be sent there. I 
worked out my plans on the train. This 
time the plague was all over the city. 
There were probably one hundred cases, 
and they were among the white people. 
The Chinese were protected by the work 
that had been done before. 

“From September until January there 
were 160 cases. I knew exactly what | 
would have to do the moment I arrived 
in San Francisco. The only things I 
needed were money and the codperation of 
the people. The people were almost in a 
panic. They were afraid of the disease, 
but they did not want the city quarantined. 

“1 did not want to quarantine the city 
either, because it was a matter of tre- 
mendous importance, for San Francisco 
is the main port on the Pacific Coast. | 
met several of the leading men of the city 
and made the proposition that there 
should be no quarantine if they would 
back me up in securing the codperation 
of the people. In the meantime, I went 
to work with the money on hand and 
started a campaign based entirely on the 
destruction of the rats and not on the 
isolation of persons or the disinfection of 
buildings. 

“We found that the trapping and 
poisoning of rats would not suffice. These 
things would have to be supplemented by 
the rat-proofing of buildings, so that the 
rats would have no place to multiply. 
Their habitations and food supplies had 
to be destroyed. 

“Ordinances were passed that provided 
severe punishments and penalties for 
throwing garbage in alleys and elsewhere. 
We first made a crusade on their favorite 
haunts — stables, granaries, delicatessen 
shops, bakéry shops, and other places 
that contained food. About 3,000 stables 
were rat-proofed. The total estimated 
cost of the rat-proofing done during the 
campaign was about $4,000,000. 

“The city was then bankrupt. The 
officials gave me all the money they could 
spare —for the first two months about 
$30,000 a month. They then called on 
President Roosevelt, with the statement 


655 


that they were bankrupt, and asked that 
the Government come to the rescue. 
President Roosevelt authorized the ex- 
penditure of $250,000 from the national 
epidemic fund. The city then cut down 
its appropriation to $10,000, and later to 
$5,000 a month. The state did not spend 
as much as it should have spent. It 
contributed only about $4,000 or $5,000 
a month. 

“Then we found that the plague among 
the rats was increasing, although human 
plague had almost disappeared. I took 
the matter up with the Chamber of Com- 
merce and the city authorities. 

“The mayor appointed a committee 
called the Citizens’ Health Committee. 
A sub-committee was formed, of which 
Mr. Charles Moore, now president of the 
Panama-Pacific exposition, was chairman. 
Those people tore down and burned a part 
of ‘Butcher-town.’ They got stringent 
health ordinances passed, and they pushed 
forward the work of rat-proofing the 
buildings of the whole city. 

“One prominent citizen objected to this 
treatment of his residence and secured an 
injunction from the court. Other in- 
junctions followed, and a hearing was held 
before the Board of Health. An appeal 
to civic spirit won in some cases; in others 
property owners were ashamed to follow 
up their contention that their property 
should not be treated in the same manner 
as that of their neighbors. 

“In that way, with great gangs of 
laborers and cement workers, we made 
the whole city rat-proof. The last case 
of human plague in San Francisco was 
reported in January, 1908, and there has 
not been one since. 

“You see,’ explained Dr. Blue, “San 
Francisco was liable to plague because of 
its nearness to the Orient. Ships coming 
in there as early as 1896 and 1808 un- 
doubtedly brought in infected rats. Plague 
doubtless existed two or three years in 
Chinatown before it was found. The 
Chinese, of course, would say nothing 
about it. We suspected it in 1899, but, 
as the Chinese never employ white 
physicians, no official reports of any cases 
were ever received. 

“It was because of our suspicions that 








656 | THE WORLD’S WORK 


the board of health appointed what they 
called an ‘inspector of the dead’ and passed 
a regulation that no person dying within 
a specified district could be buried without 
a certificate from this inspector. The 
first inspector, Dr. Wilson, began the 
inspections in 1899, and by March, 1900, 
had found a case of plague — the first 
case discovered. At the present time it is 
very hard to find a rat anywhere in San 
Francisco. We have thirty-six men still 
working there, under a doctor who is one 
of the best men in the service in this 
particular line of work. 

“Another phase of the plague situation 
came to my notice first while | was in 
California in 1903. I had been called 
to inspect a sick man at the German 
Hospital in San Francisco. He died soon 
afterward. We held a post mortem and 
found that he had died of a case of virulent 
bubonic plague. The peculiar thing about 
the case was that he had come down from 
the country, where there had been no 
plague. I followed this clue and went to 
his home in Contra Costa County. There 
I found his brother, who told me that the 
dead man had not been out of that par- 
ticular district for forty days before he 
went to San Francisco. 

“Asked with regard to his brother’s 
habits, the man told me that he had been 
shooting and handling ground squirrels. 
I thought that squirrels, being rodents, 
were as likely to be carriers of plague germs 
as rats. No other case occurred immedi- 
ately afterward and we had no funds for 
examination of rodents outside of San 
Francisco. Later, however, I received 
notice of a case of plague in Oakland. 
There I found a boy, the history of whose 
case showed that he, too, had been shoot- 
ing ground squirrels. | went to the Gover- 
nor and told him that | believed there was 
plague infection among ground squirrels 
outside the city. He was skeptical, but 
allowed me to write a telegram to the 
Surgeon-General, requesting a thorough 
examination of ground squirrels. Soon 
afterward, equipped with money, | got 
all the proof I needed. Squirrels were 
shot and sent to the laboratory in San 
Francisco, where they were found to be 
infected. In the last few years, plague 


infected squirrels have been found in 
about ten counties. Probably they were 
infected from the rats in San Francisco. 
“As these squirrels live in the open, 
there is no way to use concrete against 


them. Hence we have carried on a cam- 


paign of education through the newspapers, 
warning the people against eating squirrels 
or handling them. At the same time we 
are doing our best to exterminate the 
infected squirrels. We have extended 
this campaign to seventeen counties. 
It is of the greatest importance that the 
rodents of the Sierras be protected against 
the advance of this disease, for, once 
carried across the Sierras, the situation 
would have grave possibilities.” 

Dr. Blue feels that the work of the Public 
Health and Marine Hospital Service 
should be carried out along the present 
lines, but that much more might be accom- 
plished were he given a freer hand by the 
statutes and by the Constitution. The 
writer asked him how he was hindered 
from extending the scope of the service, 
and he replied: 

“The limitations are contained in the 
Constitution, with which the present laws 
are in conformity. We now have some 
very good laws, but not all the 
necessary machinery to carry them out. 
State and municipal health organizations 
are a part of the health organization of 
the country and on these authorities 
devolves a great deal of responsibility 
for the protection of health, for sanitary 
police powers within the states have been 
reserved by the states themselves. 

“There is authority for the service to 
aid state and municipal health authorities 
in the prevention of the spread of con- 
tagious and infectious disease, and, of 
course, if the states and municipalities 
should fail or refuse to take the necessary 
measures of prevention, the Federal Gov- 
ernment could go in and do so. 

“The question of how the laws could 
be improved has received a great deal of 
consideration, both in and out of Con- 
gress. It is my intention to study the 
legislative situation, and to confer with 
the Secretary of the Treasury and other 
gentlemen interested in the improvement 
of the public health to see what can be 





ioe OF AA ack eee me ek 








“WHAT | AM TRYING TO DO” 


done. I have not yet had time to do this, 
or to decide what additional legislation 
would be of the most benefit. The 
possibility of infringing on the police 
powers of the state must, of course, be 
avoided. 

“T should: like to see such measures 
adopted as would reduce the morbidity 
rate in this country below that of other 
countries, and as would increase the 
expectancy of life. 

“A great deal is being done, of course, 
at the present time. Such reports as are 
available are being collected and published 
to show the prevalence of such diseases 
as typhoid and tuberculosis. Investiga- 
tions of contagious and __ infectious 
diseases, and of other matters pertaining 
to the public health, are being carried 
on in the Hygienic Laboratory. 

“Special investigations of leprosy are 
being made in Hawaii, Congress having 
made annual appropriations for the pur- 
pose. As a result of these studies, the 
leprosy bacillus has been grown in artificial 
media, and studies are being made to 
determine the facts concerning epidemics 
of the disease and to discover possible 
curative agents. 

“In connection with the anti-plague 
measures on the Pacific Coast, a Federal 
laboratory is maintained, and investiga- 
tions are being made of the plague in 
special relation to the occurrence of the 
disease among rodents in its bearing on 
the health of human beings. At this 
laboratory a plague-like disease among 
rodents and the organism that causes 
it have been discovered and described. 
The occurrence of rat-leprosy on the 
Pacific Coast has been proven, and the 
susceptibility of various animals to plague 
has been demonstrated. 

“Investigations of pellagra are to be 
pushed in the Southern states, laboratory 
and hospital facilities for this purpose 
having been provided at Savannah, Ga. 
I should like to see the hookworm wiped 
out and will work to that end. System- 
atic investigations of intestinal parasites 
of man have been carried on at the 
Marine Hospital in Wilmington, N. C. 
And tuberculosis is now being studied 
at the tuberculosis sanatorium at 


657 
Fort Stanton, N. M. Bulletins treating 
of these subjects are being issued now. 

“An investigation that should be en- 
larged is that of the pollution of interstate 
waters. The work thus far done has been 
done on the Great Lakes, and it is of an 
educational character and of great value. 
Similar studies should be made of those 
rivers which are sources of supplies for 
cities. The Great Lakes, for instance, 
are polluted mainly by sewage. The 
water can be filtered, but the control of 
streams is one of the big problems before 
the country to-day. 

“We can greatly reduce the sick-rate 
in cities by cleaning them up and pro- 
viding a pure water supply and that is one 
of my chief ambitions. The definite policy 
of cities should be to clean up, to perfect 
the collection of and disposal of garbage, 
to put into force the best methods of the 
disposal of sewage, and to prevent the 
propagation of rodents that may transmit 
disease. All new buildings should be 
constructed with concrete foundations. 
A great many health officers in cities and 
states are doing excellent work along these 
lines, but unfortunately their tenure of 
office is uncertain, and about the time a 
good standard of efficiency is reached 
other persons take their places. 

“Another serious problem that I shall 
consider is the milk supply. Where milk 
is shipped from one state or territory to 
another, it would seem that it should 
receive special attention from the Govern- 
ment. Very active studies of milk have 
been made by the Hygienic Laboratory 
within the last five years, and some very 
comprehensive information has been col- 
lected. . 

“One of the reforms that I should like 
to see accomplished is the enlargement of 
the Hygienic Laboratory of the Marine 
Service in order to provide a course of 
instruction on public health for municipal, 
state, and other health officers. 

“T should like to feel that soon the whole 
country will know that the greatest agents 
of disease in the world are rats, mice, and 
rodents of all description, as well as flies 
and mosquitoes and other similar insects. 
My war will be upon all this tribe and it 
will be unrelenting.” 





A FACTORY THAT OWNS ITSELF 


HOW THE GREAT ZEISS OPTICAL WORKS OF JENA RUNS ITSELF FOR THE BENEFIT 
OF ITS EMPLOYEES, OF THE CITY IN WHICH IT STANDS, AND OF A FAMOUS 
UNIVERSITY — A FINANCIAL SUCCESS IN COOPERATION 


BY 


RICHARD AND FLORENCE CROSS KITCHELT 


OWN in southern Germany 
near the Thuringian forest, 
in a section so beautiful that 
Charles V_ is said to have 
placed it next to Florence, 
there lies, like plum pudding in a bowl, 
the little old town of Jena. Its first 
famous plum, the University, has been a 
wellspring of science, esthetics, and philos- 
ophy these several centuries. And the 
second famous plum is the Carl Zeiss 
Works, where the science of codperation 
and the philosophy of human brotherhood 
are being practised and proved asa by- 
product of optical instrument manufacture. 
Years ago, back in 1846, one Carl 
Zeiss, scientific instrument maker to the 
University of Jena, established his first 
little workshop, which, after thirty years, 
employed only 36 people. But in the 
next dozen years the number rose to 300. 
It is now 3,000 and still growing, while 
there are 1,000 more in the affiliated glass 
works. At first they made only micro- 
scopes: now they make also _photo- 
micrographic instruments and appliances 
for visual and ultra-violet light, lantern 
and projection apparatus, instruments 
for the observation of ultra-microscopic 
particles, also photographic lenses, stereo- 
scopes, binoculars, and various kinds of 
measuring instruments, such as range- 
finders for the army and navy, and 
finally great telescopes. 
For these things the Carl Zeiss Works 
are famous. They are becoming equally 


famous as a great industrial enterprise 
not owned by capitalists but by itself, 
completely the common property of all 
connected with it. 
interesting story. 

When Carl Zeiss found his business 
growing too large for him, in 1866, he took 


And this is the more 


into partnership a young University pro- 
fessor, then but twenty-six years of age. 
This man was the son of a spinning-mill 
operative of Eisenach, and was named 
Ernst Abbe. He became remarkable as 
a scientist and inventor, and also as a 
business organizer. 

This last talent he used in a new way. 
The child of a spinning-mill operative 
must have come face to face with the 
problems of bread without butter and of 
a home without security. Whatever may 
have been the cause, he was as deep a 
student of social and industrial conditions 
as he was of pure science, and, because of 
his interest in those conditions, gave up 
high professorial honors. When he be- 
came impressed with the fundamental 
injustice to the wage worker inherent in 
the modern capitalistic system — that 
injustice involving the insecurity of his 
position, and the expropriation of part 
of his earnings — he determined that he, 
at least, as far as he could, would establish 
juster conditions in his own province. 

In 1891, two years after Abbe had 
acquired sole control of the optical works, 
upon the death of Carl Zeiss, he forswore 
his great fortune and created the Carl 
Zeiss Stiftung. To this foundation he 
transferred the ownership of the business 
and a controlling share in the affiliated 
glass works. That is, he transferred the 
ownership of the Zeiss Works to itself. 
In five years more, 1896, the grand-ducal 
government of Saxe-Weimar ratified and 
invested with statutory force the provi- 
sions of this foundation. Over it the 
State has final control, but subject always 
to the charter. 


The administration is vested in a 
committee representing the works, the 
university, and the Government. Only 




















A FACTORY THAT OWNS ITSELF 


general features of the charter can be out- 
lined here, for, complete, it covers fifty- 
seven printed pages. 

It is notable that no_ capitalists 
draw any dividends from the industry. 
Income in excess of current expenses is 
devoted to three general purposes: first, 
improvement and enlargement of the 
business itself; second, increase in the 
wages of the operatives; third, better- 
ment of their social conditions. 

This common good to everyone in the 
works is attained in various ways through 
Abbe’s charter, and in no spirit of paternal- 
ism. Of that he was intolerant. He 
sought merely justice. 

No superintendents or higher officials 
may receive more than ten times as much 
in wages as the average wage paid for the 
last three years to all the workmen over 
twenty-four years of age who have been in 
the factory for three years. Therefore at 
present the highest salaries are about 
$5,000 a year. And the managers, those 
officials who act on the governing board, 
may not share in the dividends. 

All workmen are guaranteed a definite 
weekly wage which is the minimum they 
may receive. But all work is done on a 
piece basis, and the weekly income is 
supposed to be in excess of the minimum 
wage. In addition to this, at the end 
of each year a part of the surplus is also 
distributed. This, during the last four- 
teen years, has averaged 8 per cent. of the 
wages. There has been an increase of 
about 14 per cent. in the average wage 
since 1902, and the wage, not including 
the annual bonus, is at present somewhat 
higher than the average paid elsewhere in 
Germany for work requiring similar skill. 

Eight hours is a working day. It is 
worthy of note that on the eight-hour 
basis, which was introduced in 1900 by 
vote of the workmen themselves, the 
average product is 4 per cent. larger than 
it was when nine hours made a day’s 
work. 

Overtime, which is always optional, is 
paid for at 25 per cent. (when done at 
night 50 per cent. and on holidays 100 per 
cent.) more than the regular rate. 

For regular holidays, and when called 
from work unavoidably for emergency 


659 


military service, jury duty, sickness in 
family, etc., workmen are allowed full 
pay; for service with the reservists, last- 
ing six weeks, half pay. A six days’ 
vacation with full pay is allowed each 
year to employees over twenty years old 
who have been in the establishment at least 
one year. A longer vacation may be taken, 
but they are paid only for six days. 

No fines are assessed for any reason. 
For specified offences, reprimand or dis- 
charge may be inflicted after due trial. 

Complete personal liberty of association, 
and in religious and political affiliation, is 
guaranteed. 

Five to fifteen years’ service entitles 
the workmen to a pension for disablement, 
equal to 50 per cent. of the regular wage 
received during the last year of work. 
Additional pension of 1 per cent. is al- 
lowed for each additional year of service 
up to 75 per cent. of this wage. 

Old age pensions, amounting to 75 
per cent. of the last wage, may be claimed 
after 30 years of service by employees 
over 65 years of age. Upon the death of 
a workman, the widow receives four 
tenths of the amount of pension to which 
he was entitled, and each orphan two 
tenths. The full wage of the deceased 
workman is paid to his widow for three 
months, regardless of the length of time 
he was in the employ of the establishment. 

Probably the most unusual provision 
anywhere existing for the well-being of 
workingmen is that of continuing, for a 
period, the wages of discharged employees. 
When it is necessary, because of slack 
work or change in methods in any depart- 
ment, to dismiss employees, their full 
wages are continued for a period equal to 
one sixth of the time they were employed, 
but not exceeding six months. 

A sick fund has been established. 
From it employees receive 75 per cent. of 
their regular wage, when incapacitated 
through illness, for a period not exceeding 
one year. Free dental, medical, and 
hospital service, and also free burial are 
provided from this fund, both for workmen 
and their families. 

Apprentices are examined medically 
at intervals. 

For suggested improvements in the 














660 THE WORLD’S WORK 


establishment, and for new inventions 
by employees, money prizes are given, 
from thirty to forty such awards being 
granted annually. 

In these ways the income of the works 
goes to the weekly wage and financial 
security of the employees. Many other 
things are done for their well-being. The 
establishment does not build homes for 
its work-people. That is done by a wholly 
independent association, the Jena Co- 
operative Building Society, which thus 
far has erected 168 homes. But the 
Zeiss Foundation has donated $3,750 
to this society, and has lent it $26,250 at 
3 per cent. interest. 

Aerated water, milk, and rolls are sold 
within the works at cost. 

The town of Jena also comes in for a 
share of the profits. Two splendid build- 
ings have been erected for it out of 
the profits of the works. They are the 
Public Bath and the Volkhaus. In 
the latter there are a reading room and 
library, a school of arts and crafts, a 
museum for popular and technical physics, 
and two assembly halls, one large and one 
small, open for any kind of popular or 
political meeting. 

To the old university, this business, 
founded on a science learned within her 
walls, pays its respects. The Zeiss Works 
have added to its regular funds, and also 
have made extraordinary improvements: 
new buildings for physical, hygienic, and 
mineralogical institutions; an institute for 
scientific microscopy; extensions of the 
chemical institute; and a seismographic 
institute for the astronomical observa- 
tory. And the entire scale of professorial 
salaries has been raised. 

From their earnings, the works have 
greatly enlarged the plant, and have im- 
proved the product in scientific and com- 
mercial value. The business is eminently 
successful from a financial as well as from 
a human point of view. In the face of 
the competition of other purely capitalis- 
tic enterprises, in the last ten years, under 
Abbe’s charter, the number of employees 
has more than doubled. The new buildings 
are large-windowed and of concrete, and 
similar construction is gradually replacing 
the older brick buildings. The glass 


works spread their buildings and raise their 
thirteen great chimneys on a hillside on 
the edge of the town. 

For the administration of this unusual 
enterprise there is, as regulated by the 
Stiftung, a self-perpetuating governing 
board of four members, who must be ex- 
perts in science or business. In addition, 
there is a fifth member who is a com- 
missioner appointed by the grand-ducal 
government (through its department that 
directs the university). This commis- 
sioner cannot be appointed against the 
unanimous opposition of the other mem- 
bers, and one of these must be con- 
nected with the glass works. None of 
the members of the board may share in 
the dividends. 

In a plain little office lined with 
books and pamphlets, and decorated with 
one picture (that of Ernst Abbe), is found 
the secretary, Dr. Frederick Schomerus. 

He acts as a sort of intermediary 
between the workers and the management. 
It is worthy of note that there have 
never been any strikes or labor troubles 
at the Zeiss Works. 

The interests of the workers are repre- 
sented by a committee of 120, elected by 
the votes of all employees over eighteen 
years of age. From this large group an 
executive committee of seven is chosen, 
which meets weekly. 

The fact that the workmen can thus 
deal directly with the management has 
not prevented at least two thirds of them 
from becoming members in the national 
unions of their respective crafts. Nat- 
urally, they elect their local union officials 
to the works committee. However, 
negotiations are made with these men not 
as union officials but as elected representa- 
tives of the workmen. 

Because of the pressure of outside com- 
petition, the Zeiss enterprise has been 
limited in the extent to which it could 
improve the condition of its work people. 
But it has demonstrated how much can 
be done even under present conditions. 
Finally, it has taught the further lesson 
that the complete elimination of the 
capitalist from an industrial enterprise 
does not prevent its progress and success, 
even from a business point of view. 





ee 





i 





THE BISHOP OF THE ARCTIC 


THE RT. REV. PETER TRIMBLE ROWE, WHOSE DIOCESE IS INTERIOR ALASKA, AND 
WHO VISITS HIS MISSIONS BY TRAVELING THOUSANDS OF MILES BY DOG 
SLEDGE AND REINDEER TEAM, BY SNOW SHOES AND CANOE, 

OVER ICE AND THROUGH FROZEN WILDERNESS 


BY 


CARRINGTON WEEMS 


HE charge of a bishopric con- 

taining six hundred thousand 

square miles, no small part 

of which lies above the Arctic 

Circle; the yearly visitation 
of a chain of missions long enough to 
reach around the globe; the consequent 
exposure to all the perils of an unknown, 
icebound land; traveling, in season and 
out, by steamboat, canoe, reindeer, dogs 
and snowshoes — all these burdens are 
contemplated with equal cheerfulness by 
the Bishop of Alaska, even in this ease- 
loving twentieth century when few apply 
“to tend the homely, slighted, shepherd’s 
trade.” He proves himself one of that 
long line of hardy, adventurous church- 
men — perhaps the last. For the frontier 
will soon be only amemory. Alaska is the 
end. What Jacques Marquette, the French 
Jesuit and missionary explorer in the 
seventeenth century, was to the Indians 
along the Wisconsin River and the Missis- 
sippi and to the Illinois, among whom he 
died; what Father Herman, the brave 
bishop of the Orthodox Church, was a hun- 
dred years later to the Aleuts of those 
far-flung Western islands, whither he came 
with the first Russian fur traders from the 
coast of Asia; that and more, the Pro- 
testant Episcopal Bishop Rowe is to-day, 
in the vaster area drained by the Yukon 
River and its tributaries, to all the 
Indian tribes from the Thlinkits in the 
near Southeast to the Eskimos of the 
Arctic coast. To them Bishop Rowe 
brings medical aid, religious instruction, 
and the schooling so necessary to prepare 
them against the civilization which other- 
wise engulfs them disastrously. By the 
lonely prospectors scattered through the 
mountains and valleys of the interior, 


Bishop Rowe is as well known and as 
warmly welcomed — welcomed for his 
genial presence as well as for the news and 
reading matter which it is his custom to 
supply to these isolated men. With 
them the Bishop’s formula is a wise one. 
First of all he meets the human craving 
for tidings from the outside world. At 
night, before time comes to turn in, when 
confidence has been gained all round, the 
Bishop remarks: “You are a long way 
from any church; let’s have a little 
church here by ourselves.” The next 
time he strikes that camp, the request 
to have church doesn’t have to come 
from him. 

Peter Trimble Rowe was born in Toronto 
in 1859. The name is Irish and he no 
less so. To that perhaps he owes his 
unflagging buoyancy and good humor, 
and the ready human sympathy which 
so eminently fits him for the work he has 
to perform in one of the few earthly dio- 
ceses where a pure democracy prevails 
and perfect equality is the rule. By 
training, likewise, he was tried and tested 
for his arduous life work. After ordina- 
tion, which followed graduation from 
Trinity College, he moved to an Indian 
reservation at Garden River on the north- 
ern shore of Lake Huron. Here the 
round of his duties, by canoe in summer 
and in winter on snowshoes, gave him the 
dexterity to which later in Alaska he has 
frequently owed his life. From  sub- 
sequent service in Michigan, where he 
established a circle of missions, he ac- 
quired the constructive and adminis- 
trative experience indispensable to his 
office in Alaska where the long distances 
and uncertain periods of interrupted com- 
munication necessitate the working out- 





662 


of plans years in advance. Altogether 
it would have been impossible for the 
convention of the Protestant Episcopal 
Church, assembled in Minneapolis in 
1895, to elect a better shepherd for their 
little flock in that boundless pasture of 
Alaska. 

Frank and open, of direct, unstudied 
address, the Bishop’s faculty of speaking 
his mind without fear or favor might 
have been reckoned against him in an 
older episcopate, in an atmosphere charged 
with tradition and convention. It is 
on the frontier that he is at his best, 
among sturdy, plain-speaking men, and 
on the trail where grit and not cloth counts. 
Once on the little wooden coastwise 
packet Bertha —a survivor from halcyon 
whaling days which seems still to reek of 
rendered blubber—I saw him thus in 
his element, supreme. A_ rare crowd 
had gathered in the tiny smoking 
cabin, prospectors, miners, adventurers, 
derelicts — what-not? The bishop stood 
out strongly, but always as one of the 
crowd unconsciously better for his pres- 
ence. In the long twilight, stories were 
being told, they too, better for his presence. 
Himself a natural story teller, with a 
keen sense of humor, a hearty welcome 
for his own sake is assured him in any 
jovial company in Alaska. “Powerful 
Joe,” the bishop’s warm admirer, was 
also of the circle. For the length of the 
coast and the Yukon River, he is famous 
for the potency of his narrative and de- 
scriptive gifts. His experiences have been 
varied even for that shifting Northern 
life; he has known the comforts — one 
speaks seriously —of an Alaskan jail; 
even his friends, held by his unfailing geni- 
ality, reluctantly admit him a brand past 
saving. His case is fitted accurately by 
a story which the bishop tells of himself. 
Once at Allakaket, beyond the Circle, 
he was making ready for a dash farther 
north. His party was to be increased; 
and more dogs were needed. With his 





Indian, Kobuk Peter, he went to look at 
some animals that were offered and picked 
a likely husky with intent to trade. 
buk Peter shook his head. 
him, Peter?” said the bishop. “1 
buy him?” 


Ko- 
“How about 
like 
Peter's 


his looks; shall | 





THE WORLD’S WORK 


head continued to shake; plainly he con- 
sidered the husky hopeless. At last in 
his labored English, of which he was vastly 
proud, be blurted out: “Him no good 
— him too much long time dog.” 

The generosity of Mr. J. P. Morgan 
made the consecration of the first Bishop 
of Alaska possible, on St. Andrew’s Day, 
1895, and Bishop Rowe took up his work 
at once. From that time on his record is 
the history of the Episcopal Church in 
Alaska. 

This church had three missions in that 
northern territory before the arrival of 
Bishop Rowe. Each marked a_ noble 
adventure. In 1886, Rev. Octavius Par- 
ker had been welcomed by the Ingiliks 
—a tribe half Indian, half Eskimo, who 
lived in houses underground — nearly 
five hundred miles from the mouth of 
the Yukon in a country then unexplored. 
There at Anvik he established the first 
Episcopal mission. Four years later, at 
Point Hope — the Figaro, or “fore-finger’’ 
of the Eskimos — which reaches out into 
the Arctic Ocean, a mission was opened 
by Dr. John F. Driggs, whose heroic sac- 
rifice is almost without parallel. He had 
been dropped from a passing vessel on that 
bleak Arctic shore, in the midst of a few 
hundred Eskimos, harried and corrupted 
by unscrupulous whalers, unhoused, cut off 
from the world until the next yearly visit 
of a revenue cutter. Most of his supplies 
had been destroyed in a storm, but he 
managed to build a hut and maintain him- 
self alone. During twenty years he labored 
for the regeneration of the natives of the 
region, by instruction and medical treat- 
ment, and left his post but twice — the 
first time after seven years of exile within 
the Arctic Circle. The third mission, now 
at Tanana, was taken over from the Church 
of England which had followed the 
Hudson Bay Company into the country. 

By a tacit convention, the several 
denominations which conduct missions 
in Alaska had delimited the spheres of 
their activity to prevent overlapping. 
This arrangement prescribed as the Epis- 
copal mission field all the vast interior 
region then unknown, the great areas 
drained by the Yukon and the tributary 
Koyukuk and Tanana rivers. These 














THE BISHOP OF THE ARCTIC 


are the great arteries of the interior, the 
only highways of travel, by boat in the 
short summer and by dog team and 
reindeer in winter. They had been so 
used for centuries by the native peoples, 
whose Shamans had convinced them that 
far up the mighty river in its unknown 
length the spirits of their dead had their 
abode. It was this diocese with which 
Bishop Rowe had to acquaint himself, 
and the promptness with which he set him- 
self to the task was characteristic. From 
Juneau, reached by sea, he gained the 
headwaters of the Yukon over the trail 
made famous the following year by the 
Klondike rush. He was thus on the 
ground before the influx of settlers, a 
circumstance which proved of great ad- 
vantage to the work of the church. At 
that time the trail was little known. The 
bishop and one companion traveled by 
compass, and when the ice-locked river 
opened, the two started down its current 
in a boat of their own making, the boards 
for which they whipsawed out of logs. In 
this rude craft they were successful in 
shooting dangerous rapids, and descended 
the Yukon to its mouth. At the Anvik 
mission, Bishop Rowe held his first con- 
firmation service in August, 1896, and 
received a number of Indians into the 
church. 


Sitka, once the Russian capital, was 
selected as the bishop’s see. It was 
also at that time the seat of American 
government and the home of the Gover- 
nor. St. Peters-by-the-Sea, the bishop’s 
church, built on the picturesque Sitka 
beach, was erected some years later largely 
from his designs and with his active 
participation. Even ‘the Governor, 
John G. Brady, contributed his day’s 
labor to the general quota. 

From Sitka Bishop Rowe makes the 
several trips necessary each year to cover 
his diocese. When news comes of a gold 
strike and the immediate establishment 
of a new camp, he takes steps to go or 
send there a representative of the church. 
In 1899, foreseeing the stampede to Nome, 
he got word to an assistant in the interior 
who reached the new camp by a winter 
trail overland, and was joined some weeks 


663 


later by the bishop. As labor was being 
paid twenty dollars a day, these two, 
aided by another missionary, built St. 
Mary’s Church with their own hands. 

Traveling nearly eleven months in every 
year in a country like Alaska keeps one 
in training. Mountain climbing, snow- 
shoe work, and canoeing care for that. 
In the intervals, Bishop Rowe keeps fit 
for the trail by long distance running, 
hill climbing, and jumping rope. When 
he starts on a thousand mile jaunt in dead 
of winter with only one companion, the 
lives of both may depend upon his fitness. 
In the interior he is counted a first rate 
“musher,” and is a familiar figure on every 
trail. Once, however, so the story goes, 
he met a lone prospector to whom he was 
unknown, floundering along over lumpy 
ice with wearied dogs. The bishop, too, had 
had his difficulties and wondering what 
lay ahead of him made inquiry of the 
stranger. “It’s hell,” the prospector re- 
plied, and proceeded to relieve his pent-up 
feeling with a profane account of just how 
bad it was, to which the bishop listened 
quietly. “And how’s it been your way, 
partner?” he concluded. With sincere 
conviction the churchman responded earn- 
estly, “ Just the same.” 


To gain an idea of the experiences that 
fall to Bishop Rowe upon his visitations, 
one of his trips might be followed. Although 
it is not easy to get from Bishop Rowe 
details of his achievements, his diary 
furnishes some bare facts of difficulties 
encountered between Tanana and Valdez. 
Leaving Tanana with one companion and 
a five-dog team, he made for Fairbanks, 
then the newest mining camp, and pushed 
on to Valdez, to which town the govern- 
ment trail had not then been built. 

“Our sled was loaded with robes, tent, 
stove, axes, clothing, and food for sixteen 
days for dogs and selves. Wind 
blew the snow like shot in our faces. | 
kept ahead of the dogs, leading them, 
finding the way. We had to cross the 
wide river; the great hummocks made 
this an ordeal; had to use the axe and 
break a way for the dogs and sled. In 
the midst of it all the dogs would stop; 
they could not see; their eyes were closed 








664 


with the frost; my own were; so I rubbed 
off the frost and went on. The time came 
when the dogs would — could — no longer 
face the storm. | was forced to make a 
camp. It was not a spot | would choose 
for the purpose. The bank of the river 
was precipitous, high, rocky, yet there 
was wood. I climbed one hundred feet 
and picked out a spot and made a camp 
fire. Then returned to the sled, un- 


THE WORLD’S WORK 


tried to hitch the dogs, but they would 
not face the storm, so | resigned myself 
to the situation and remained in camp. 
It was my birthday, too. I kept busy 
chopping wood for the fire. ; in 
carrying a heavy log down the side of the 
mountain, I tripped, fell many feet, and 
injured shoulder slightly. 

“After another cold and shivering night 
we found the wind somewhat abated and 








ao CF Fe 


(otzebue 
Sound 






¢ Nor tons 
¢ Sound § 
f St-Michaelf*, 


®. 


7 
so 
/ ee 
’ Gy ae Iditarod 
y Anvik Chagelak, 
4 ; 
a — x 
G a gn vas 





















E oe ae 
GOLD 


Seward 
1 _, 
g Seas au 


‘oe weirs 
Fe panel 
a 1 asyeniyan 
Poe plus 


SS is a 
Cc E as) ae Ing "ny *”, Mp *, *. 
ae ai 


SCALE OF MILES 
0 100 3co 





3co 














A BISHOPRIC 600,000 MILES SQUARE 


IN WHICH BISHOP ROWE, BY STEAMBOAT, CANOE, 


REINDEER, DOGS AND SHOWSHOES TRAVELS EVERY 


YEAR, IN VISITING HIS MISSIONS, A DISTANCE EQUAL TO THE CIRCUMFERENCE OF THE GLOBE 


harnessed dogs, got a ‘life line,’ went up 
and tied it to a tree near the fire. By 
means of this we got up our robes and food 
sufficient. Here after something to eat 
we made a bed on the snow. It 
was a night of ‘shivers.’ Froze our 
faces. 

“|. . After a ‘sleepless night we 
were up before daybreak. It was still 
blowing a gale; had some_ breakfast; 


without breakfast hitched up the dogs, 
packed sled, and were traveling before 
it was very light. 

“.,. . Reached Rampart in time 
for evening service, after a day’s tramp 
of thirty-two miles — we had service, and 
I preached to a very large congregation. 

“Made my preparations for ‘hitting 
the trail’ again. Had to provide for a 
twenty days’ journey. This meant 280 


























THE BISHOP OF THE ARCTIC 


665 














BISHOP ROWE’S VESTED CHOIR AT THE ARCTIC CIRCLE 
EASTER AT ALLAKAKET, 1909 


pounds of dried fish for the dogs alone 
— obliged to get more dogs — nine in all. 
“Arrived Stevens Village. Ruuners 
sent out to inform far away hunters. 
“Froze my fingers in unsnarling the 
dogs. 
“Arrived Fort Yukon — three hundred 
Indians in camp. 
“Early in the day while piloting the 














ONE OF BISHOP ROWE’S PARISHIONERS 


““AUNT ELIZA,” THE OLDEST INHABITANT OF 
FORT YUKON 


way | encountered bad ice, open water, 
broke through and got wet. After that 
| felt my way with axe in hand, snow- 
shoes on feet, until it grew dark. In 
the darkness I broke through the ice and 
escaped with some difficulty. 

“All night the wolves howling nearby 
and we liad to keep our dogs near the fire, 
to prevent their being killed. Bitter iron 
cold shackled the northland. By night 
the fire roared defiance to a frost which 
it could not subdue, while dog and man 
crouched near it for protection from its 
awful power. When outside of the fire’s 
light, the heavens were ablaze with moving 
lights — the aurora borealis of the Arctic 
shone with wonderful brilliance. 

“Only the great white desolation, silent, 
awful, broken by the wail of wolves or the 
cracking of ice, as though strange spirits 
were all about you. The days were 
strange as the nights. Close by the river 
crept the spruce, and through this there 
trotted, doglike, packs of wolves, invisible, 
but none the less real as their howlings 
indicated. 

“Left Circle City for Fairbanks — 
temperature had been 72 degrees below 
— moderated and was now 50 degrees. 

“All protested against my proposed 
trip to Valdez. Distance, five hundred 
miles; no trail, way uncertain — availing 











BISHOP ROWE IN THE EPISCOPAL 
ROBES AND — 


myself company of mail carrier — left 
Fairbanks. 

“Did not sleep last night — very cold 
—shoulder pained —must be 65 de- 
grees below. A low mist hangs over the 
snow, a sign of intense cold. Broke camp, 
dogs unwilling to start—too cold for 
their feet. Sleds pulled hard — made a 
camping place late, nothing since break- 
fast. 

“Slept better. Fingers ached — froze 
them yesterday — hard to persuade dogs 
to start— whined and held up their 
feet. 

“Seventy degrees below. The same 


monotonous ‘mushing.’ Our ‘trail 
breakers’ broke through the ice — a nar- 
row escape. 


“Dogs very weary, feet bleeding. 

“Food getting low, could do without 
three dogs and save food, so shot them. 
Hard, but had to be done. 


THE WORLD’S WORK 


“None of us knew the way. All food 
gone for dogs and men but my stock. 
Shared with others. 

“Got some ptarmigan and rabbits, 
helping food supply. 

“We traveled hard and fast as we 
possibly could while strength lasted — 
down to tea and a biscuit fora meal. The 
dogs were also suffering, but none the less 
faithful and willing. 

“Had some tea. Getting weak. 
wild because hungry. 

“Came to an Indian camp. They said 
it was fifteen miles to Copper River. 

“Found a mail cabin on the Copper 
River and food and rest. 

“Next day we reached Valdez.” 


Dogs 


Adventures like this he regards lightly. 
Every winter brings their repetition. 
Every year he covers more than twenty 
thousand miles in one way or another. 
Once he was paying his yearly visit to St. 
John’s-in-the-Wilderness — the church’s 
most northern mission at Allakaket on 
the Koyukuk River, where Deaconess 
Carter, with only a woman associate, 




















— BISHOP ROWE IN HIS ARCTIC FIELD 
COSTUME 











ASHOOIC SIH NI SNOISSIW 
AHL OL SLISIA SAMOU dOHSIA ATAISSOd SHYVW HOIHM ‘HLYON YUVA AHL AO AUYVAHONOUOHL LVINO AHL ‘NOWNA NAZOUA AHL ° 


VMSVIV ‘AVMGVOUd 



































668 THE WORLD’S WORK 














TRAVELING BY ESKIMO CANOES TO A MISSION ON KOTZEBUE SOUND 


holds an isolated post for which no man 
offered. In order to minister to some 
prospectors remote from communication 
he pushed on to Noland Creek, which, 
excepting the coast, is the farthest north 
that white men have ever settled in Alaska. 
At length arrived there, in the teeth of a 
blizzard, services were held in a cabin 
selected because the sick man in it was 
unwilling to be left out. Fifty-two men, 
the entire camp, attended, perched in 
rows on the double tier of bunks. 

The bishop’s last visit to Point Hope, 


on the Arctic Ocean, was made in 1908; 
that was a typical episcopal year; 121 
services were held in the 22,000 miles 
traversed. Leaving Sitka June 1, he 
started for the Arctic by way of the Yukon, 
which he descended as far as Anvik in 
the Pelican — the mission’s indispensable 
launch. With him went Archdeacon Hud- 
son Stuck of the Yukon, his indefatigable 
lieutenant for the whoi2 length of that 
mighty river. Conferences vere held with 
workers at various points, and frequent 
services for the Indians along the 3,000 

















BISHOP ROWE’S SLEDGE 
CROSSING OPEN WATER ON THE YUKON TRAIL. NOTE THE INSIGNIA OF HIS EPISCOPAL OFFICE AT THE REAR 














THE BISHOP OF THE ARCTIC 





Eee a eee P 











‘“ST. JOHN’S-IN-THE-WILDERNESS * 


’ 


THE NORTHERNMOST CHURCH IN AMERICA, BUILT LARGELY BY BISHOP ROWE’S OWN HANDS 


miles of waterway. At Nome the revenue 
cutter Thetis was overtaken. On her, 
Point Hope was soon reached, and there 
he was able to remain while the little 
vessel paid her annual visit to Point 
Barrow and returned. In this short 
interval the bishop determined to build 
a new church, having found that in the 
old “igloo”’ previously used the air “got 
so bad that the lights went out.”” So with 
no other assistance than that of Rev. 
A. R. Hoare, the missionaty in charge, 
and a few unskilled Eskimos, he built 


a church “with a cross so high that it 
will serve as a land-mark for passing 
whale ships.” The transformation in the 
Eskimos at Point Hope is remarkable. 
They are the most cleanly, honest, and 
dependable natives on the North Coast. 


The work done in Alaska under Bishop 
Rowe’s direction for the white inhabitants, 
of whom there are hardly more than 


35,000, has been most practical and 
effective. Five hospitals are supported 
and as many dispensaries. The well 











BISHOP ROWE PREACHING TO THE INDIANS 
AT A FISHING VILLAGE ON THE BANKS OF THE YUKON RIVER 




















BISHOP ROWE’S SUMMER CONVEYANCE 


THE “ PELICAN,” THE LITTLE RIVER-BOAT ON WHICH 
HE HAS TRAVELED MANY THOUSANDS OF MILES 


equipped hospitals at Wetchikon, Fair- 
banks, and Valdez are the only institutions 
of their kind in their respective regions. 
Besides the Good Samaritan Hospital 
at Valdez, there is not another for several 
thousand miles along the coast, and one 
whom it has nursed can speak feelingly 
of the urgent need it fills. The Fairbanks 
7imes speaks appreciatively of the read- 
ing room maintained by St. Matthew's 
Mission in supplying standard literature, 
in weekly and periodical form, to a ter- 
ritory of practically unknown extent. 
Its beneficiaries are found hundreds of 
miles apart. Similar work is done in all 
the missions wherever the need demands. 
One of the most unusual and most suc- 
cessful institutions established by the 














BISHOP ROWE HELPS BUILD HIS 
CHURCHES 
ST. THOMAS’S, WITHIN THE 


ARCTIC CIRCLE 


THE WORLD’S WORK 


church is the “Red Dragon’ Club, 
opened in Cordova by Rev. E. P. New- 
ton in July, 1908. When the Morgan- 
Guggenheim Syndicate made Cordova 
the terminal of a line to the interior, a 
little city sprang up and several thousand 
men collected there. The practical wis- 
dom of beginning with a club and read- 
ing room, rather than with a church, 
appealed to the bishop. So successful 
was the venture that in the future a similar 
plan will be followed elsewhere, and at 























“RIDING CIRCUIT” WITH REINDEER 


“OLD JOHN,” ONE OF THE KOBUK INDIANS, GET- 
TING THE BISHOP'S TEAM READY FOR 
tHE START FROM THE MISSION 


the start a building will be erected that 
can thus be used seven days in the week. 
Reading and writing material, a piano, and 
a pool table attracted the miners and 
railroad men from less wholesome amuse- 
ments. When time came for church, 
tables were pushed back, service was 
held, and the men remained. 

Including the clergy, nurses, teachers 
and native readers, about fifty workers 
in Alaska serve under Bishop Rowe. 
Iwenty-four churches are — scattered 
through his huge diocese, and almost 
twice as many missions are maintained 
more or less regularly. 

















THE BISHOP OF THE ARCTIC 671 


But it is the natives’ welfare that gives 
the bishop most concern. For them ex- 
clusively two hospitals were established 

- the only two in Alaska. And for them 
alone fourteen schools are conducted by 
the church, two saw-mills are run, and 
reindeer are being propagated. The In- 
dians of the interior have in Bishop Rowe 
a sturdy champion. He has but just 
returned to his bishopric from a visit made 
in their behalf upon President Taft. His 
coéperation has been promised, and a bill 


the preceding year. This was due to the 
proximity of the white settlement. Game 
had become scarce, demoralizing influences 
played havoc among them, and an epi- 
demic of tuberculosis broke out. 

The latest trip “inside” which the 
resolute churchman has made—a dash 
through country almost unexplored, 
accompanied only by an Indian (whose 
life was saved at great risk on the Sahlina 
River when he fell through a hole in the 
ice) — was prompted by a desire to con- 




















REV, E. P. NEWTON, THE RECTOR AT VALDEZ, DIGGING HIS WAY INTO HIS RECTORY 
AT ONE OF THE MISSIONS FOUNDED BY BISHOP ROWE 


has been drawn up by the Alaskan dele- 
gate to Congress embodying the bishop’s 
suggestions, He strongly favors a reser- 
vation system, modeled somewhat on 
Father Duncan’s mission at Metlakahtla. 
His desire is to have instruction directed 
first at sanitary improvement to stay the 
frightful mortality among the natives. 
Out of four hundred Indians at Sitka, 
forty died a year ago, for the most part of 
tuberculosis. In visiting another station 
some time since, it was found that 50 
per cent. of the people had died during 


sult with Chief Isaac of the Ketchumstock 
tribe as to the placing of a mission on the 
upper Tanana most convenient to the 
Indians. 

The condition of the natives south of the 
Tanana he reports as pathetic in the 
extreme. They are poor and neglected, 
have little clothing and less food, and in 
many cases are suffering from loathsome 
disease. Their hunting grounds overrun 
by the white men, they are pushed back 
into the fastnesses or else made victims 
of debauchery. Although the Government 





THE WORLD’S WORK 








THE HOSPITAL AT FAIRBANKS, FOUNDED BY BISHOP ROWE 


spends a great deal in attempts at their 
education, the efforts made to ameliorate 
their physical condition are almost negli- 
gible. Something entirely different is 


needed, in the bishop’s opinion, to help 
the original possessors of the country, 


now become like children, hungry, dirty, 


and diseased. “It came to me,” says 
he, “that | should make it my first con- 
cern to go and plead with the President 
and Congress for remedial laws.” This 
vow he promptly fulfilled. If anything 
is done for the unfortunate aborigines of 
Alaska, to him will be the glory. 














AND THE READING ROOM OF THE HOSPITAL, WHERE ALL MEN ARE WELCOME 











GAIN sounds the tocsin of con- 
flict. Again rises the voice 
of the patriot and statesman, 
calling his neighbors to rally 
once more for the defence of 

the Nation, that her pe-roud banner be 

not dragged in the dust, the ship of state 
be not dashed to pieces on the rocks, the 
bulwarks of liberty be not shattered by 
the subtle wiles of the money oligarchy, 
the rule-or-ruin mob, the abandoned Re- 
publicans, the depraved Democrats, the 
foes of American labor, the predatory 
trusts, the lawless labor unions, the 
cowardly foe of the old soldier and the 
bandits that batten on the spoils of un- 
deserved office. Once again the Republic 
is in the midst of those frightful dangers 
which she encounters every fourth year, 
and tens of thousands of leather-lunged 
counselors are preparing to mount stage 
and cart-tail and point the way to sure 
salvation. 

The campaign now about to be begun 

i is certain to be one of unusual earnestness. 

Moral forces are alive that were un- 








“FRIENDS AND FELLOW-CITIZENS” 


OUR POLITICAL ORATORS OF ALL PARTIES, AND THE WAYS THEY USE TO WIN US 


BY 
| WILLIAM BAYARD HALE 


awakened yesterday; on the other hand, 
the interests that have dominated in 
politics for so many years know that they 
have to face an insurrection certain, sooner 
or later, to overthrow them; to postpone 
defeat another four years there is no 
means to which they would not resort. 
It is not necessary to deny that there is 
moral enthusiasm on their side also 
who stand for the old order and abundant 
ability to make the best use of the argu- 
ments that run to 
their purpose. It 
is certain that 
there never were 
so many people 
deeply interested 
in political dis- 
cussion, and it is 
likely that the 
summer and early 
autumn will wit- 
ness an oratorical 
tournament never 
equaled in the 
country’s history. WILSON 














674 





The chief figures 
in the mélée may 
even now be pre- 
dicted. President 
Taft or ex-Presi- 
dent Roosevelt 
will carry the Re- 
publican banner; 
if Governor 
Wilson does not 
bear the other, 
then some one in 
the list below will 
do so. A hund- 
red men of lesser, 
but still consider- 
able, note will 
range themselves 
on either side; a 
hundred new rep- 
utations will be 
made. But among the foremost “gladia- 
tors” will surely be the score of men pic- 
tured on these pages. 

President Taft is one of the best living 
illustrations of what practice in the art 
of oratory can do for a man without 
native genius for it. When Mr. Taft 
began to address his fellow-citizens in 
public speech, he was about as effective 
at it as a high-school boy in his debating 
society. He had no voice, his manner 
was constrained, he had no confidence, 
he had nothing to say that anybody cared 
to listen to, and 
he said it with- 
out any enthusi- 
asm. Experience 
on the bench does 
not equip a pop- 
ular orator. At 
times his remarks 
were halting and 
broken, as well 
as inconsequen- 
tial. But Mr. Taft 
kept at it. As 
President he has 
appeared _ before 
many _ hundred 
audiences of wide- 
ly diverse char- 
acter, and _ has 
addressed them. 














HARMON 














CUMMINS 


THE WORLD’S WORK 





He has acquired 
facility and felic- 
ity. Always per- 
sonally a charm- 
ing man, he has 
liberated this 
personal charm to 
flow through the 
channels of pub- 
lic address. His 
smile is infectious, 
his chuckle — se- 
ductive, and the 
kindliness of the 
man most win- 
ning. The Presi- 
dent seldom 
speaks without 
making some 
playful allusion to 
his own gigantic 
frame. And he has acquired the faculty 
of positiveness in assertion — which his 
earlier speeches lacked. 

But the President’s real development as 
an orator began with the tour of last 
autumn in which he undertook to tell the 
country about the General Arbitration 
Treaties. His heart was in that; it is 
doubtful if the President’s heart had ever 
been in anything else as it was in the 
effort to force the Senate to ratify the 
treaties he had negotiated with Great 
Britain and France. He had the right 
of it, he was sure 
in his sense of 
right, and he be- 
gan to speak with 
a confidence, a 
fire, and an elo- 
quence that put 
him at once 
among the most 
convincing public 
speakers of the 
day. 

Already he has 
traveled more 
than any other 
man who has held 
the _ presidency, 
and his re-nomi- 
nation would 
mean other and 














CLARK 














LA FOLLETTE 










































































676 























, 


“GEORGE FRED’ 














POMERENE 


THE WORLD’S WORK 


still longer journeys. Mr. Taft enjoys 
travel, and he has come to enjoy speaking. 
While he does not inflame enthusiasm, he 
does create friendly feeling; that it is 
insincere to deny. On the other hand, he 
is liable to slip somewhere in the delivery 
of so many off-hand speeches. The Win- 
ona speech, prepared “between stations,” 
was a fatal slip. It may have taught him 
carefulness. 


At this writing there is no telling whether 


or not “T.R.” will have any part in the 
campaign. If he has, it will be in the 
centre of the stage. Mr. Roosevelt was 
not a born orator. He has about as 
many faults of public speech as any one 
man could have, yet he is, withal, as 
everyone knows, one of the most effective 
of speakers. He has a poor voice, and he 
generally pitches it too high, but he is 
heard with perfect ease by the largest 
throngs because of his remarkably clear 
enunciation. He bites off each word 
with steel-like jaws. Of late, he has 
fallen victim to a vicious habit of letting 
his voice frequently break into a _ half- 
articulate falsetto. This is his way of 
indicating that he is convulsed with 
laughter, and it is amusing — the first 
two or three times one hears it. 

Mr. Roosevelt grimaces constantly and 
gesticulates continually, his gestures con- 
sisting of the waving of an arm aloft and 
the bringing of it down with clenched 
fist. It is tiring to listen to Mr. Roose- 
velt — not that the attention flags; it 
does not, the attention is held, but the 
listener does not listen at ease. Perhaps 
it is not desirable that he should; it is 
not Mr. Roosevelt’s idea that anybody 
should be at ease. It does not seem to 
me, however, that Mr. Roosevelt is a per- 
suasive speaker. His gifts of vitupera- 
tion are great, and his power of stating a 
platitude with the zeal with which a 
prophet might impart a new and profound 
thought is interesting. He has always 
displayed a clairvoyant knowledge of 
what the average man thinks, however, 
and he always gets an uproarious response; 
but this is not a tribute to his oratory, 
it is awarded the man. 

It was interesting to observe the im- 
pression made by the ex-President in 

















PENROSE 

















“JEFF” DAVIS 














MARTINE 




















“FRIENDS AND FELLOW-CITIZENS” 














HUGHES 





England. On the 
three occasions 
when Mr. Roose- 
velt made his 
principal ad- 
dresses in England 
he was at his best 
from the stand- 
point of reasoned 


argument and 
dignity of man- 
ner; but his 


hearers were 
frankly disap- 
pointed in him. 
Lord Curzon, the 
only Englishman 
of distinction who 
spoke at any 
length on any of 
these occasions, 
combined ease 
and humor with 
power so com- 


mandingly as to show off the American 


to little advantage. 


Mr. Roosevelt’s campaign speech is a 


fierce onslaught; true, 


he is much more 


addicted to jokes than he used to be, but 


they are fierce jokes. 














He never undertakes 


to deceive an audi- 
ence; he is not 
there to persuade 
his antagonists, 
but to break their 
heads. He springs 
into the limelight 
with gleaming 
teeth, one foot on 
a slain tiger and 
the other on a 
hippopotamus, 
shaking his fist at 
the assembled 
armies of the 
world and calling 
on the firmament 
to fall and leave 
him unterrified. 
He speaks with 
the authority of 
the voice from 
Sinai. The story 
of his deeds — 


how he captured 
San Juan Hill, and 
took Panama, and 
sent the greatest 
fleet on the long- 
est cruise — is the 
Homeric legend of 
America, and his 
sentiments are as 
unchallengeable 
as the moral law. 
Most audiences 
like it immensely. 
An old German 
once came away 
with a look of per- 
plexity in his eye: 
Ach! er spricht wie 
ihn der Schnabel 
gewachsen ist! He 
sighed, however, 
satisfaction at his 
own untranslat- 
able explanation 
— “every bird 
grown.” 

















BEVERIDGE 


speaks as its bill has 


Mr. Bryan continues to be — whatever 
you may think of him or his views — 
doubtless the most effective spell-binder 


“in our midst.” 

presence and 
a voice unap- 
proached. Per- 
haps that of 
George A. Knight, 
of California, may 
excel it in volume. 
At the Chicago, 
1904, convention, 
after Harry Still- 
well Edwards of 
Georgia had been 
vainly trying to 
make himself 
heard over cries of 
“Louder,” Knight 
opened his mouth 
and shook the 
walls and made 
the windows rat- 
tle till listeners 
in a far-off gallery 
shouted back 
“Not so loud!” 


He has an unexcelled 

















BRYAN 





eUMSRNSAT A 





So en cere aceon erm 


678 THE WORLD’S WORK 








Mr. Bryan has never spoken in a building 
too big for him to fill with his voice; the 
whole out-of-doors seems not too big, for 
it is the experience of thousands who have 
listened to him in the open that the only 
advantage gained by pressing toward the 
speaker’s stand was that something could 
be seen of the speaker; he could be heard 
anywhere on the outskirts of crowds of 
20,000, and from roofs and tree-tops so 
distant that it was impossible to distin- 
guish him. One night out in Indiana 
during the last week of the 1900 campaign, 
when Mr. Bryan was making the con- 
cluding speech of the day in the county 
fair-grounds of one of the county-seats, 
| paced what I concluded to be a half 
mile from the speaker’s stand without 
passing beyond the zone in which his 
every word was perfectly clear. 

That was, if I recollect aright, his 
seventeenth speech that day. We had 
started from Indianapolis in the early 
morning, zig-zagged through the western 
and northwestern counties and were com- 
ing down the middle, with stops at in- 
tervals of less than an hour, every stop 
meaning a speech before a crowd of any- 
where between two and ten thousand. As 
the day drew on we could keep tally of 
the number of stops we had made by count- 
ing the number of shirts hung from the 
bell-cord running through our special 
car. There never was such a display 
of physical strength as Mr. Bryan made 


during those weeks, delivering dozens of 
speeches a day with never a sign of fatigue 
in bearing or voice. Others have done the 
like, | know — Mr. Roosevelt has made 
his “whirlwind finishes”” among others — 
but no one has ever spoken so often, to 
sO many people, with such complete ease, 
as the “peerless leader”’ did in his first two 
campaigns. 

He has never been quite the same since 
I fancy, however. He is a much older man 
now, and something of the old fire is gone. 
Still, he is the most plausible and ingratia- 
ing wizard of the stump. Only the magic 
is likely to expire as the wizard departs. 

With the advent of Woodrow Wilson 
on the political stage comes a new type of 
man and a new type of oratory. Mr. 
Wilson has long been known as an ex- 
quisite master of English prose. He 
speaks as he writes — with a trained and 
skilful handling of the resources of the 
language, a sureness, an accuracy, a power, 
and a delicacy surpassing anything ever 
before heard on the political platform in 
America. It was felt by some of his 
friends that Mr. Wilson’s classical habit 
of language would militate against his 
success as a politician — it was felt to be 
a matter of extreme doubt whether he 
could address the people in a language 
they would understand or feel the force 
of. The first appearance of the candidate 
for the Jersey governorship dissipated 
these doubts. Mr. Wilson knew how to 








hr 











“FRIENDS AND FELLOW-CITIZENS” 























LODGE 


talk to the people, knew how to win them. 
He changed his manner very little, never 
stooping as if he had to, to make the people 
understand. No matter where or before 
what sort of audience he spoke, his 
speeches were on a high plane, but they 
were so clear, so definite, that every man 
understood and wondered why he had not 
thought of that himself. 

Governor Wilson is not only the most 
intellectual speaker that this generation, 
perhaps any generation, has seen on the 
stump; he is the most engaging. A 
friendly smile is almost always on his face 
— always in beginning, at any rate. His 
words come with vigor, but with a gentle 
good-nature, too—not a good-natured 
tolerance of the ills he is opposing, but a 
good-natured confidence that they will 
soon be overthrown. A serene faith in 
the outcome is one of the characteristics 
of Wilson’s attitude; he is an optimist, 
and his speeches have the invigorating 
charm and power of a call to join an army 
which is marching to glorious and certain 
victory. 

Wilson is a_ great  story-teller — in 
private he keeps his friends in hours- 

















long gales of laughter; he uses simple 
words and strong words, but seldom 
-slang. He loves nonsense verse and limer 
icks, and often reels them off while he is 
getting acquainted with his audience — 
for he talks with an audience, not fo it. 
Mr. Wilson has a very long jaw and 
a strongly individual face; some people 
would call him homely. He was under 
no illusion about that matter himself; 
he told the people during his campaign 
for the governorship that they might as 
well prepare themselves for a busy gover- 
nor, for the Lord never intended him to be 
ornamental. “Yes,’’ he remarked once; 


“For beauty I am not a star; 

There are others handsomer, far; 
But my face — I don’t mind it, 
For I am behind it; 

’Tis the people in front that I jar!” 


There used to be told in Oxford a story 
of a clergyman of eloquence so moving 
that one day, when he preached in the 








University Church on the flood, members 
of the congregation raised their umbrellas. 























COCKRAN 














KERN 








680 














GORE 





THE WORLD’S WORK 


Bourke Cockran 
doesn’t preach on 
the flood, but he is 
the most realistic 
orator on the po- 
litical platform. 
When at his best, 
he is intensely 
dramatic, swaying 
the minds of his 
audience as John 
B. Gough used to 
do. Cockran is a 
heavy man, of great 
dignity of manner, 
not gymnastic like 
Gough, but in- 
tensely energetic. 
His services would 
be more fruitful if 
they were given 
consistently to 
either party. As it 
is, a speech by 
Bourke Cockran is 
very much like a 
piece by the band 


—an interesting performance, but entirely 


without prejudice as to the real convic- 
tions, if they have any, of the performers. 

The most dramatic orator, the real 
tragedian, of the political stage to-day, 

















PALMER 


is Robert Marion 
La Follette. Ac- 
cent the “Foll’’; 
the Wisconsin Sen- 
ator doesn’t want 
to be a French- 
man, though he 
can’t help it. The 
instinct of the actor 
is in his blood; he 
can’t speak with- 
out a gesture, and 
he gestures with 
every part of his 
body. Mr. La 
Follette has two 
brands of speech; 
one for the Senate, 
the other for the 
public. In the cap- 
itol he can be quiet- 
ly impressive, with 


voice beautifully 
modulated and 
with graceful 
gestures. On the 
stump, he must be 
vociferous and 
gymnastical. He 
paces the platform; 
he waves his hands; 
he beats the air; he 
pounds the table. 
A favorite act is to 
slap with his right 
hand the _ out- 
stretched palm of 
the left. Some- 
times he stops 
speaking and 
spends a minute or 
two in pantomime 
— sometimes e x- 
pressive, some- 
times indicative on- 
ly of the fact that 
the speaker is very 
much aroused and 
must work off his 
surplus energy. 


stantly. 


his trousers pocket 
half a dozen times; 
if he refers to think- 
ing, he takes his 
head in his hands; 
if he speaks of 
investigating, he 
bores a hole in the 
air with his fore- 


finger. At the 
great Carnegie Hall 
meeting in New 


York in January, 
discussing the 
courts, the Senator 
exclaimed, “ We do 
not want judges 
with —” then he 
stopped and leaned 
far over to the 
right with his hand 
to his ear, as if 











Much of the time his eyes 
appear to be closed; he grimaces con- 
If there isa piece of calisthenics 
which will help out an idea, La Follette 
uses it; if he speaks of money, he slaps 





‘JOHN SHARP” 























“FRIENDS AND FELLOW-CITIZENS” 


listening to a voice coming up through the 
floor; and continued, “with their ears to 
the ground. But neither do we want,” 
and now he went to the other side of the 
platform and bent down till his head 
almost touched the floor, “neither do 
we want judges with their ears to the 
railroads.” The audience had held its 
breath, now it broke into thunderous 
applause. 

I don’t mean to speak of the Wis- 
consin Progressive leader lightly. When 
the history of the Progressive movement 
comes to be written, his will be the foremost 
figure in it; his industry and his construc- 
tive statesmanship will then receive their 
due meed of praise. To his power on the 
platform the regeneration of Wisconsin 
is due. It goes without saying La Follette’s 
subject matter and literary form are 
beyond criticism. 

Senators Lodge and Root are likely to 
make due appearance during the’summer. 
They serve to adorn large bills and 
add distinction to decorous gatherings. 
Neither of them counts much in the real 
work of persuading voters. They lack 
the physical qualifications for that: Root’s 
voice is light and unimpressive; Lodge is 
the better speaker, and may do something 
to confirm those already grounded in the 
faith, but both entirely lack knowledge 
of the art of popular appeal. Penrose is 
a giant, with a high-pitched voice, a 
drawl, and a lisp, but he is the possessor 
of a positive manner, nevertheless, and a 
pugnacity that makes him capable of 
effective work when he likes; Penrose is 
inclined to be indolent, but he will have 
many incentives to activity this year. 

Of other Senators, the Democrats John 
Sharp Williams, Kern of Indiana, and 
Pomerene of Ohio, are likely to be in the 
thick of the fight. 
a Harmon man, but he is also an over- 
weaningly ambitious man, and he may be 
counted on to be as eager in the fray for 
one candidate as for another. He has a 
ringing voice and a sturdy right arm. 
With a sturdier physique, Senator Wil- 
liams would be in the front rank of cam- 
paigners, as he is of Senatorial debaters. 
Indeed, it would hardly to-day be disputed 
that Williams is the cock of the Senatorial 


Pomerene is, of course, . 


681 


walk; Heyburn is the only man left who 
does not tremble at the thought of a 
passage at arms with the Alabamian, but 
then Heyburn is a colossus of vanity. 
Williams’s satire is biting, his good-natured 
humor delicious, his eloquence surpassing. 
Mr. Kern has developed into an energetic 
and convincing speaker. Without special 
graces, he has learned the art of direct and 
forceful speech. He looks the part of the 
good old honest farmer, with his war-time 
whiskers. 

Bailey is the most plausible member of 
the Senate, and on the platform he is a 
wonder of persuasive adeptness. The 
trouble with Bailey is his perversity and 
his conceit. Borah, Republican, of Idaho, 
is an excellent campaigner, robust, ready, 
genial, and eloquent; without special 
mannerisms, he is a sound, not a highly 
original but a dependable, vote-maker. 

Senator Gore is a campaigner of most 
unusual ability, despite the handicap of 
his blindness — which, indeed, is only 
noticeable to close observers. He gets 
about with the facility so marvelous in 
those who have never had vision, and his 
posture and manner in speech are not 
markedly different from those of others. 
Judge West of Ohio, the favorite “blind 
orator” of the last generation, used to sit 
while speaking, and his style was a florid 
one. Senator Gore is delightfully humor- 
ous; usually good-natured, he is a master 
of satire and irony, clear-headed and 
strong in power of statement, master of a 
great deal of rhetorical grace, and with 
enough sentiment to give warmth to his 
higher flights of oratory. 

Two former Senators who are likely to 
be in the campaign are Beveridge and 
Dick. The Indianian is the perfect type 
of the college orator; in maturity he does 
the thing more smoothly and rather more 
convincingly than of old, but he does. it 
precisely as he learned to do it in his 
Sophomore year. Beveridge regards 
himself as an orator. Each speech is an 
effort. He prepares carefully. He used 
to commit to memory, and whether or 
not he does that now, he recites as if he 
did. Beveridge’s sentences are rhe- 
torical; he never says a thing simply if 
he can say it oratorically; he likes in- 


| 
: 
' 
i 





i 
ri 
a 


682 THE WORLD’S WORK 


verted phrases, wrong-end-first construc- 
tions, alliterations, refrains, and all the 
rest of it. ‘Never before has the country 
faced such a crisis; never before has the 
great heart of the people throbbed in 
thrilled threnodies; never the nation 
glorious been assailed —” etc. The peo- 
ple like it. Beveridge is a fine-looking 
fellow with assurance flowing from every 
feature of his face and every one of his 
magnificent gestures. Not for him the 
merry quip; not for him the quiet argu- 
ment; he is ever the professional orator, 
self-conscious, serious, and stern, as they 
trained them in Indiana colleges twenty 
years ago. Nine people out of ten the 
country over believe it to be the only real 
oratory. 

The House of Representatives furnishes 
more effective campaigners than come 
from any other quarter of public life. 

J. Beauchamp Clark ought. to be able 
to speak well. He has had _ practise 
enough. For years he has been on the 
Chautauqua circuit, and he has said every- 
thing he knows many hundred times. 
When, how, and wherefore he acquired 
the curious nasal drawl, the rough- 
throated, unarticulated grunt of an utter- 
ance, which he now employs, is not re- 
corded. Maybe he used it first by way 
of acquiring popularity with Missouri 
farmers; it is now his habitual manner — 
a pure affectation of roughness which 
fits very well with the affectation of 
homely language which the Speaker em- 
ploys when he remembers to. “Champ” 
Clark has invented and used another 
mannerism which accentuates the char- 
acter it pleases him to assume: he purses 
his lips and then blows through them 
explosively — I don’t know exactly why 
that performance marks the honest, out- 
spoken man. of the people, but it does. 
Clark has the finest head and one of the 
most benign and dignified faces in the 
whole gallery of American public men, 


‘but the character which he chooses to 


enact before the public is that of a flat- 
headed rustic—for he is careful never 
to say anything. To most peopleit ap- 
pears as contemptible a part as would 
an imitation of the English cockney. 
There must, nevertheless, be thousands 


who like it, for the Speaker’s popularity 
in the Middle West is unquestionable. 

Underwood, the House leader, is less 
distinguished on the public platform — 
and, indeed, on the floor of the House — 
than in committee room. A. Mitchell 
Palmer, who undertook to wrest from 
Colonel Guffy, the Pennsylvania boss, 
the control of the Democracy of his state, 
is one of the most fervid orators in Con- 
gress. Victor Murdock of Kansas is of 
the same type — a more popular man than 
Palmer; red hair and a perpetual smile 
are pleasanter than a Hapsburg jaw. 

Martin Littleton is a bright young man 
with what old folks would call the gift 
of gab. He is ready, confident, speaks 
rapidly, smoothly, and to the point, and 
when he fires up, which he always does 
at the proper moment, he moves easily 
to flights of considerable eloquence. In 
appearance he is of the type of Bryan, 
Bailey,. and Borah — round-headed, 
smooth-shaven, robust —and he has the 
manner common to those men, but lacks, 
somehow, a little background. 

Among governors, Mr. Harmon of 
Ohio would scarcely claim to be an orator; 
he has no voice, no manner, and nothing 
to say — on politics, but he does very well 
at country picnics, where he talks with 
the farmers on farming. 

Ex-Governor Folk’s manner is clear, 
sharp, and rather business-like. His arm 
with forefinger extended is going most 
of the time, high in the air when the 
sentence is in progress, pointing to the 
ground in front of him when the con- 
clusion is reached. Mr. Folk has a way 
of starting, moving, and getting some- 
where. And he takes an audience with 
him. 

George Fred Williams of Massachusetts 
is a master of moral appeal. Clean-cut, 
a patrician of sensitive nostril and lifted 
chin, Williams doesn’t get very far in an 
argument which he intends shall be a pure 
intellectual exercise before a sense of the 
right and wrong of the matter, as he sees 
it, comes over him — and then we listen 
to the enthusiasm of the prophet and 
preacher. To Williams fell the leadership 
of the Democratic party in Massachusetts 
on the death of Governor William Russell, 








o> 











o)> 


THE BUREAU OF MUNICIPAL RESEARCH 683 


though he had no time to assert himself 
before the issue of free silver arose. The 
Massachusetts delegation went to the 
Chicago convention in 1896 instructed for 
the gold standard, but Williams and a 
majority repudiated their instruction and 
voted for Bryan and a free silver plat- 
form. Williams became the nominee for 
governor, and the succeeding Gold Demo- 
crats nominated Dr. William Everett, 
one of the most interesting of amateur 
politicians — the dryly humorous head- 
master of a boys’ school who went to 
Congress and made Ciceronian orations. 
In his speech accepting the nomination 
for governor, Everett made a_ speech 
impaling Williams with classical satire 
and copious Latinity. 

He began by announcing that he would 
read a poem called “The Lost Leader,” 
and commenced: 


Just for a handful of silver he left us! 


Where but in Boston would Browning 
be chosen to entertain a nominating 
convention? 

Mr. Justice Hughes will not again be 
heard on political themes. His clear 
utterances will be missed. He used to 
look as homely as Lincoln as he harangued 


a crowd from the back of a train, in a 
silk hat that didn’t fit him and a square- 
cut coat with skirt too long and sleeves 
too short, and with teeth that were drawn 
(by artists, not dentists) as often as 
Roosevelt’s. But Hughes could “talk.” 

No one, though, will be so much missed 
this time as Senator Dolliver will be. 
Dolliver was just arriving in the rank of 
really great leaders; the last two years 
of his life saw him emerge — seasoned 
old politician that he was, then — into a 
new character. Ah! poor Dolliver! He will 
not lead in the fight for Progressive states- 
manship. But he will be remembered by 
those who do. Whois there that, having 
heard, can forget the mellow whimsicali- 
ties of his early days—the plea, for in- 
stance, for the American hog, for whom 
he prophesied the coming of the ge-lorious 
day when he would make his triumphant 
way through all the markets of the 
world with a curl of contentment in his 
tail and a smile on his oleaginous face! 

Alas for Dolliver! As he looks down on 
what will be going on this summer he can 
only say —as Judge Hoar said when ‘he 
was asked if he were going to attend Ben 
Butler’s funeral — ‘‘] can’t be there, but 
I approve of it.” 


THE BUREAU OF MUNICIPAL 
RESEARCH 


WHAT IT HAS DONE FOR BETTER GOVERNMENT IN NEW YORK CITY 


BY 


HENRY BRUERE 


(JOINT DIRECTOR WITH WILLIAM H. ALLEN AND F. A. CLEVELAND OF THE NEW YORK BUREAU OF MUNICIPAL RESEARCH) 


HE New York Bureau of Muni- 
cipal Research spends $90,000 
annually from the contribu- 
tions of citizens in promoting 
efficient government. If its 
work has been effective, it is because it 
does not wage merely a campaign for 
economy. It has a definite objective in 
mind, namely, to attain efficient city 
government. It holds efficient city gov- 


ernment the greatest conceivable engine 
for obtaining codperative betterment of 
living conditions, better health, better 
pleasure, better education; and it considers 
inefficient or crooked city government the 
greatest obstacle to community welfare. 

When the Bureau was incorporated, 
in May, 1907, its organizers named the 
following very definite objects as the 
purposes of the Bureau: 


ME aI 


eget 


Fala 2 bene pea 


ee een ee 








684 THE WORLD’S WORK 


1. To promote efficient and economical 
government. 

2. To promote the adoption of scientific 
methods of accounting and of reporting the 
details of municipal business, with a view to 
facilitating the work of public officials. 

3. To secure constructive publicity in mat- 
ters pertaining to municipal problems. 

4. To collect, to classify, to analyze, to 
correlate, to interpret, and to publish facts as 
to the administration of municipal government. 


What has New York done to promote 
efficient government? How has it gone 
about it? The story covers only a few 
years and centres around an unprecedented 
period of constructive codperation between 
public officials and citizens. 

In six years New York citizens have 
given convincing evidence of their interest 
in the promotion of efficient city govern- 
ment by contributing upward of $400,000 
to support the New York City work of the 
Bureau of Municipal Research in promo- 
ting progressive and efficient administra- 
tion of public business. 

In addition to the $400,000 for New 
York City work, $200,000 has been pro- 
vided for training men for service in gov- 
ernmental fields; a fund of $30,000 has been 
established by ex-Comptroller Metz to 
assist the cities of the country outside of 
New York in adopting efficiency methods; 
and $300,000 has been contributed for 
municipal research work in Chicago, 
Cincinnati, Philadelphia, Hoboken, St. 
Louis, and Memphis by the citizens of 
those communities. The determination 
of citizens to energize and modernize city 
government has never before been given 
such practical expression. 

An insignificant part of the great fund 
contributed for this work has been ex- 
pended in calling attention to official 
wrongdoing. By far the greater portion 
of it has been devoted to the employment 
of experts who have been assigned to co- 
Operate with progressive officials in elimi- 
nating waste and establishing order in 
city management. 

Results obtained in New York, where 
the work has been longest in progress are 
typical of those achieved in other cities. 
Most far-reaching among progressive steps 
taken has been the clarification of the 


city’s budget and. its conversion from an 
instrument giving license to official ex- 
travagance and waste into an instrument 
expressing a city programme of service 
and placing: upon officials the obligation 
of demonstrating results for money ex- 
pended in accordance with precise and 
unequivocal terms of appropriation. 

The new conception of the city budget 
is succinctly stated in an analysis of the 
departmental estimates of the city of 
Philadelphia, prepared coéperatively by 
the Philadelphia and the New York 
Bureaus of Municipal Research for Mayor 
Blankenberg. This document, which 
will serve as a model form of budget for 
American cities of whatever size, states 
the main purposes of the city budget to 
be: To set forth a community service pro- 
gramme to citizens and officials alike; to 
compel consideration by appropriating 
bodies of the budget as a whole, in place 
of consideration of isolated and unrelated 
appropriation items; to lay the basis for 
citizen and executive control over depart- 
mental activities, and to furnish the means 
for checking expenditures against definite 
authorizations to expend. 

Besides instituting a budget-making 
system New York holds a_ yearly 
budget exhibit to show just what is being 
done. First a private undertaking, for 
the past two years it has been made offi- 
cial. This exhibit conveys to a citizen in 
attractive and easily understood form a 
concrete idea of what his government is 
doing — information which no amount of 
official documents could succeed in com- 
municating to him. Hundreds of thousands 
of people visit the exhibit; study charts 
of organization, announcements of work 
intended, reports of results accomplished, 
tables of expenditures and estimates; and 
examine the instruments employed by de- 
partments in performing their work—learn- 
ing, in short, what it is that their govern- 
ment undertakes in their behalf. During 
the month in which the exhibit is held, 
heads of departments daily address large 
audiences regarding the work with which 
they are charged, and newspapers, often 
interested merely in governmental scandal 
or official personalities, print hundreds 
of columns of news regarding the concrete 














ai 








ai* 


THE BUREAU OF MUNICIPAL RESEARCH 685 


problems with which these officials have 
to do. The budget exhibit is the most 
effective instrument anywhere devised 
for democratizing information on city 
business. 

In six years New York City has closed 
a wide gap formerly existing between 
governmental business methods and the 
methods of efficient private business. Its 
accounting methods in 1911 are as efficient 
and modern as those of any great privately 
managed undertaking. Before reorgan- 
ization, however, the city had no means 
of learning its assets nor did it ever know 
what were its existing liabilities. Money 
once authorized was money forever lost 
sight of, whether expended or not. Asa 
by-product of accounting reorganization, 
the comptroller recently “discovered” 
$10,000,000 in unexpended balances of 
ancient appropriations, against which 
there were no outstanding liabilities, yet 
balances had been carried for years as 
definite commitments for which city cash 
was held in reserve. For example, the 
city has been paying interest on $146,000, 
the cash balance of a sum set aside in 1894 
to buy parks. In eighteen years the city 
has paid out in interest on this money 
needlessly borrowed upward of one-half 
of the amount of the principal. Inthe 
future, this condition cannot arise again, 
because, automatically, unexpended ap- 
propriations will be closed out at the end 
of the year when all liabilities, under 
the reorganized methods, will be shown 
against them on the city’s books of ac- 
counts. 

From reorganizing the methods of the 
water register’s bureau, which now collects 
$13,000,000 annually from the sale of 
water, $2,000,000 a year has been added 
to the city’s income. 

Despite the fact that New York City 
buys $20,000,000 of supplies a year, trades- 
men of standing did not seek its business 
because shiftless city purchasing methods 
invited exploitation, and because the city 
neglected to pay its bills often until months 
after goods were consumed. By bringing 
purchases under control at the moment 
that orders are issued to vendors instead of 
only when bills are submitted, the city 
has been enabled to adopt an auditing 


system which compels department heads 
to forward claims for prompt settlement. 

To make the honest tradesman’s position 
as advantageous as that of a political con- 
tractor, New York is substituting definite, 
precise specifications for no specifications 
or preferential description of goods re- 
quired. Since 1910 an official standard- 
ization commission, equipped with a 
technical staff and a testing laboratory, 
has been studying the city’s supply needs, 
determining those best suited to its uses 
and preparing precise specifications which 
will indicate what the city wants in a 
definite and understandable manner to 
vendors, and enable purchasing agents 
and auditors to check with precision goods 
delivered against goods asked for. 

Standardization of supplies helps offi- 
cials in positions of control to prevent the 
purchase of extravagant or unnecessary 
items and to require, for example, the 
purchase of coal by heating units content 
instead of by weight, and to prevent one 
department from buying tons of meat cut 
ready “for the table” while another prac- 
tices the wise economy of buying large 
quantities in carcass form. 

Cost accounting, efficiency records, 
standardization of salaries so that com- 
pensation will match work done and not 
respond to political pull and favoritism, 
are some of the many other constructive 
efforts now being put forth by New York 
City officials in codperation with citizens 
organized to promote efficiency. 

As a result of six years’ intensive, non- 
partisan work, new standards have been 
erected in New York City by which official 
performance is judged. Borough Presi- 
dent McAneny, succeeding John F. Ahearn 
as president of the Borough of Manhattan, 
is securing through efficient management 
double tne results achieved under Mr. 
Ahearn at less expenditure. Yet the 
general public is more sensitive to the 
slighteSt evidence of bad service in any of 
the bureaus under Mr. McAneny’s juris- 
diction than they ever were to the grossly 
unsatisfactory service given by Mr. 
Ahearn. 

While New York has been systematizing 
its business, it has been broadening its 
social programme. During the last six 





| 
| 





686 THE WORLD’S WORK 


years New York City’s Health Department, 
with citizen codperation, has launched and 
put into execution an active programme 
of tuberculosis prevention; has organized 
a bureau of child hygiene for promoting 
the health of infants and school children 
which serves as a model for the country. 
During the time that Comptroller Pren- 
dergast has been pushing to completion 
the business reorganization of the finances 
of the city of New York, he has conducted 
an extensive inquiry into the problems of 
dependency among New York City’s chil- 
dren. Learning that the city, through 
private agencies to which it makes regular 
payments, cares for 20,000 children com- 
mitted for delinquency or dependency, 
he set out to find whether this dependency 
is inevitable or may be forestalled by 
proper governmental action. His con- 
cern for economy, therefore, has not only 
related to economy in expenditure, but 
has directed itself toward preventing the 
costly causes of family breakups and 
poverty leading to juvenile dependency, 
and toward finding out how the codpera- 
tive strength of the city government can 
prevent misery and destitution. 

At last New York City is conceiving 
of health work as an aggressive, persistent 
effort to save life and to give health to its 
citizens. But not until 1o11 did the 
health department apply to New York 
City’s health problem the simple fact 
that pure milk combined with the teach- 
ing of mothers easily prevents infant 
slaughter in the summer months. Last 
year, by providing milk stations where 
infants can be brought for examination, 
where mothers can be taught to care for 
them, and where suitable pure milk can 
be provided, the health commissioner 
claims a saving of 1,100 infant lives in 
six months. By not taking these simple 
measures years ago, untold thousands 
of lives have been needlessly lost. Other 
branches of health department work are 
progressively aiming toward prevention. 
Prevention implies a community standard 
of health to be achieved or protected. 

With regard to the increasing enthusi- 
asm of citizens to promote governmental 
efficiency, Mr. R. W. Fulton Cutting, 
New York’s most conspicuous worker for 


good government, founder of the Bureau 
of Municipal Research, in addressing re- 
cently an audience of New York City’s 
leading business and financial men, said: 


We are living in a generous age. Never 
before, perhaps, in history, has the government 
so largely exercised its own resources and 
employed its own powers to grapple with our 
great problems, these great social problems 
that concern us. The fraternal spirit is in 
the air, and we must not dare to manacle that 
spirit by any unwise consideration of the incon- 
siderate tax-payer. We want a great deal 
better education than we have. We want 
better service in our municipal hospitals. We 
want better houses, better methods in our 
battle with tuberculosis. 


New York’s civic wants are the wants 
of practically every large city in America. 
New York’s leadership affects in greater 
or less degree every one of these cities. 
It has intimately affected Philadelphia, 
Cincinnati, and Chicago, where city 
officials are adopting efficiency methods 
and citizens are supporting active bureaus 
of municipal research or efficiency. 

But even with the great progress that 
has been achieved, the work has only been 
begun. No future administration of New 
York City will find it desirable or profit- 
able to undo the constructive work of the 
past two years. But until new ideals and 
standards are irrevocably fastened on the 
city government, continuous interest and 
active codperation of citizens to compel 
the continuance of progress will be re- 
quired in New York, as in every other 
American city. Costly delay in achiev- 
ing governmental improvement now re- 
sults from the isolation of effort in different 
cities. Work done for four or five cities 
by local bureaus of municipal research 
should be done for all the cities of the 
nation by a National Bureau of Municipal 
Research. By means of a national agency, 
publicly or privately supported, equipped 
to give information of best practices 
evolved in any city, and to help in system- 
atizing and energizing city government, 
America should be able, in ten years, to 
convert its municipal government from a 
national embarrassment into its most con- 
spicuous national achievement. 




















aie 














WHAT SHALL WE DO WITH 
OUR BANKS? 


WHAT A COMMERCIAL BANK SHOULD BE. 


THE ALDRICH BANK PLAN 


THE MONEY TRUST AND THE REMEDY 


N THE panic years, 1907 and 1908, 
thousands of business men all over 
the country came face to face with a 
new and startling commercial peril. 
The heart of the business world, the 
banks, failed in its function. Men who, 
all through their business lives, had carried 
on their activities freely and without 
reserve on their credits at the banks, 
found themselves suddenly paralyzed. 

From that day to this, a hundred pre- 
scriptions, nostrums, and panaceas have 
been discovered and invented to prevent 
a recurrence of the malady. Worst of all, 
many of the best and strongest of the 
leaders of business have undertaken to 
eliminate as far as possible the credit 
function of their banks. Several hun- 
dreds of millions of dollars have been 
raised by manufacturers and merchants 
by the sale of permanent bonds and stocks, 
so that they will never again be caught 
in a crisis dependent upon money bor- 
rowed from the banks. 

Beyond this heroic expedient of sub- 
stitution, real efforts are making to mend 
the offending organ itself. The Aldrich 
Plan, unfortunately so called, is the most 
complete alleged panacea so far adduced. 


Its purpose, in a phrase, is to fix a rate 
of discount and enable the associated 
banks to keep the rate down to that 
point and pour out money to prevent 
another case of heart failure by printing 
and circulating fiat money whenever it 
is needed badly enough. 

Every man in business faces this same 
danger and this same problem. All men 
know that something must be done. 

What must we do to insure the business 
world against a second and a _ worse 
collapse? 

The first step, undoubtedly, is to correct 
some of the serious tendencies in the 
banking world itself, revealed in full in 
1907. Therefore, the first thing to dis- 
cover is what a commerical bank ought 
to do, how it ought to do it, and the steps 
it may take to that end. 

The first article on this subject, there- 
fore, is a revised article written by Mr. 
Joseph B. Martindale, for the Bankers’ 
Convention of i911. It is the opinion 
of the president of one of our most 
successful commercial banks as to what 
such a bank should be and do to discharge 
its obligations to the people whose de- 
posits make it a bank. 


WHAT A COMMERCIAL BANK SHOULD BE 


BY 


JOSEPH B. MARTINDALE 


(PRESIDENT OF THE CHEMICAL NATIONAL BANK, NEW YORK) 


LL my business life has been 
spent with a purely commer- 
cial bank, so I, naturally, 
look upon banking from that 
standpoint. The bank with 

which I have had the honor of being 
connected for many years numbers among 


its depositors individuals, firms, and cor- 
porations in practically every line of 
mercantile and commercial life, and our 
dealers are located in every important 
distributing centre of this country. By 
reason of this, we believe we are in a 
position to form an estimate of the re- 





CS! 





TET EINE RL! 











688 


quirements of the mercantile interests 
of the country, and we endeavor to meet 
them in a spirit of fairness and liberality. 

As most of the loans and discounts of a 
bank of this character are made simply 
on the promise of the borrower to pay, 
on his unsecured note, it is vitally essential 
that the management have a_ proper 
organizatior. to watch that credit. 

The affairs of a bank should not be 
permitted to rest in the hands of one or 
two men. In our institution, the more 
knowledge the other officers and senior 
clerks have of the bank’s affairs, the 
better it pleases our management and 
the better the results attained thereby for 
the bank. Experience has taught me 
that a broad policy of educating your 
best men and developing them gradually 
to accept greater responsibilities brings 
good results in the present time and 
insures for the institution a good equip- 
ment for the future. I have watched 
this policy of development very closely 
with a great deal of satisfaction, and, 
little by little, our men are growing up to 
accept and handle responsibilities satis- 
factorily, which means much for the 
continuation of the success of the insti- 
tution. 

It is, also, of the greatest importance 
to commercial banks that their most vital 
department —the credit department— 
should be very efficient indeed. Men 
should be selected when they are young 
fellows for appointment in the credit de- 
partment, should be schooled and drilled, 
and as they develop they should relieve the 
officers of the institution of a great deal 
of detail. The officer whose final “yes” 
or “no” means a profit or a loss for the 
bank should not be tied down to different 
analyses, which can be handled by younger 
men when they have had a sufficient 
amount of instruction and training. Some 
men have a natural aptitude for studying 
and analyzing credits both from a 
theoretical and practical standpoint, just 
as other men have natural aptitudes for 
the sciences and professions. 

After some years of experience, | am 
free to say that the personal equation has 
a great influence upon an officer of an 
institution in making his decision, and 


THE WORLD’S WORK 


determining whether to say “yes” or 
“no” to a proposition. There is some- 
thing about every man’s personality that 
affects the man with whom he comes in 
contact, and no one, in my opinion, no 
matter how strong his own personality 
may be, is free from this influence to a 
greater or less extent. Sometimes we 
are woefully deceived in personalities, 
and it is well always (and we have prac- 
tised it for a long time past) to have the 
credit department analyze carefully from 
a purely impersonal and_ cold-blooded 
standpoint the statements filed, eliminat- 
ing entirely the personal element. 

Some of the best talkers and some of 
the most attractive personalities are the 
poorest business men; and against these 
men the impersonal analysis is the best 
protection. 

In making investments for one’s bank, 
or loans for one’s institution, we all 
should realize that we are simply the 
trustees of other people’s money, and, 
such being the case, we cannot take too 
much care in handling these funds. If 
it were our own money, it would be 
entirely different, and we might, out of 
sympathy for a fellow, or because we 
liked his attractive personality, indulge 
ourselves in this way, but, as we all are 
simply holding in trust money deposited 
with us by our dealers, and the money 
invested by our stockholders, we must, 
in order to be true to that trust, use 
every precaution and every device and 
system that has practically demonstrated 
itself to be a safeguard. 

A number of incidents have come under 
my own observation in recent years, 
where matters which looked trifling (but 
which were found to be very important 
later on) have caused us to exercise caution, 
and thereby avoid losses. To be prac- 
tical, rather than to generalize, | have 
always claimed that, under normal busi- 
ness conditions a stated amount of capi- 
tal (borrowed as well as invested) should 
allow a concern in any line of business to 
carry a certain amount of merchandise. 
This merchandise later is converted into 
bills and accounts receivable; later on 
into cash; and upon these transactions, 
subject to the charges of conducting the 


‘ 





ai? 











WHAT SHALL WE DO WITH OUR BANKS? 


business, there should be realized a cer- 
tain amount of net profit. All of these 
items in a well-organized and well con- 
ducted business should be in relative 
proportion, one to the other. And if the 
best results are to be attained, the manage- 
ment of any concern will see to it that 
each dollar of its capital carries its pro- 
portion of merchandise, and will also see 
to it that the merchandise is moved rapidly 
and converted into a bill or account 
receivable; and that its outstanding debts 
are promptly collected, and that its cash 
is used to reduce materially, or entirely 
liquidate, its indebtedness, thereby saving 
interest and expense. We have in a 
number of instances followed this natural 
sequence in business, and have found any 
number of instances where each dollar 
of capital (invested or borrowed) was not 
performing its full duty, and following 
the matter still further, we found it due 
to either extraordinary expenses, or losses, 
or due to indolence and a lack of an 
aggressive policy in handling the affairs 
of the concern. These are “ear-marks”’ 
which will denote a condition of this kind, 
and we believe that it is our duty to ex- 
amine these conditions thoroughly. 

As an illustration of this, some years 
ago, a certain firm reported in their state- 
ment an invested capital almost equal to 
the amount of its annual sales. At the 
same time, their statement showed a 
substantial liability for borrowed money. 
It seemed incredible that a working capital 
invested and borrowed of more than the 
amount of the annual sales could be cor- 
rect, but that is what this report showed. 
Upon closer analysis and further informa- 
tion, it was found that in the accounts 
receivable of the firm, there were many 
old accounts running years back, which 
they were carrying as good accounts, 
and also substantial sums due the firm 
from the partners, which were, in other 
words, overdrafts. When the statement 
was all boiled down, it was found that 
their actual capital was less than one-half 
that reported in their statement. These 
are the “ear-marks’’ which, upon close 
observation and the knowledge of credit, 
prove invaluable to one’s institution 

It is vitally important in examining 


689 


and passing upon a statement, that one 
should be thoroughly familiar with the 
conditions surrounding the business dur- 
ing the year. Conditions may have made 
it impossible for any concern to make 
money, and where a concern reports a 
gain in its capital, one owes it to himself 
and to his institution to inquire thoroughly 
and closely as to the causes which pro- 
duced such a result when all the con- 
ditions were adverse. 

As an example, we have the accounts 
of a number of houses in the same interior 
city in identically the same line of business, 
and while the amount of their capital 
varies (and, consequently, their volume 
of business), we can each year, by working 
out the percentages, see which concern 
is obtaining the best results upon its 
volume of business and the amount of 
its capital. 

It was the practice of banks years ago 
to loan money without receiving state- 
ments, whereas now the custom of filing 
statements is almost universal. 

Some people may think this is inquisi- 
torial, but where a bank is loaning money 
upon the unsecured obligation of any 
concern, it is perfectly within the right 
of the bank officer to request (not out of 
curiosity or in an arbitrary spirit) the 
fullest details of the concern’s affairs. 
This information, of course, is absolutely 
confidential, and no bank officer, who 
realizes the confidential relations that 
exist between a depositor and a bank, 
will ever divulge to any one such informa- 
tion furnished him in the strictest con- 
fidence. 

Furthermore I have always believed 
that an independent audit by a firm of 
certified public accountants is desirable. 
And from the standpoints both of the 
borrower and the lender it is wise at least 
once a year to have the affairs of a firm 
or corporation examined and audited by 
a high-class firm of auditors. 

A. striking illustration of this was 
brought to my attention some years ago 
and while there was no loss entailed to the 
creditors, the outcome was very dis- 
astrous to the firm itself. An old-estab- 
lished firm of excellent standing and 
reputation carried two bank accounts 











a 





690 THE WORLD’S WORK 


the monthly trial balances are prepared 
by accountants, who spend from a day to 
three days each month in going over the 


and in addition sold its paper in the open 
market through brokers. It rendered 
statements annually ,to its banks and to 
the brokers. The firm through whom it 
sold its paper, in verifying the statement 
(as is the custom), found that two items, 
the amount of cash on hand, and the 
amount of bills payable for borrowed 
money, did not agree with the facts as 
shown by the banks’ records. This dis- 
crepancy was called to the attention of 
the senior member of the firm, and his 
explanation was as follows: 

He formerly had been bookkeeper and 
cashier for a number of years for a firm 
which preceded his own firm, and it had 
always been the custom of the old firm in 
rendering a statement to its banks to 
deduct from the amount of the bills pay- 
able for borrowed money a large per- 
centage of the cash they had on hand. 
In other words, the old firm took the 
position that, having a large amount of 
cash on hand and in bank, they (the firm) 
were justified in applying a large per- 
centage (about 90 per cent.) of the cash 
on hand as an offset to the amount of 
money they were owing at the time they 
made their statement. This, of course, 
was entirely wrong, though it was not done 
with any object to deceive either the 
banks or the note-brokers. But after 
it became known, the firm could not sell 
its paper in the open market. The result 
was liquidation. Though the creditors 
were all paid in full, much of the business 
of the firm drifted into other hands. 
This incident not only proves conclusively 
to the mind of the banker the necessity 
for an exact statement of the actual con- 
dition of the business, but it also is a 
strong argument for an independent audit 
of accounts. 

An independent audit conveys to the 
lender of money the knowledge that the 
affairs of the firm or corporation, whose 
paper he is considering, have been ex- 
amined by a disinterested party of experi- 
ence and standing, and that, as a result, 
the figures submitted are unbiased. This 
custom is becoming, one might say, 
universal. We now have any number of 


statements prepared by accountants each 
year, and we know of many instances where 


previous month’s business. At the end 
of the firm’s or corporation’s fiscal year, 
these accountants have an _ inventory 
prepared under their own supervision, 
value the stock of merchandise themselves, 
audit the books thoroughly for the full 
year, and prepare an unprejudiced state-~ 
ment of the concern’s affairs. 

| think it is advisable for every large 
bank to have one or more of the members 
of its credit department a thoroughly 
equipped auditor. In a number of in- 
stances we have been called upon to go 
over the books of some of our clients 
and have sent one of our own employees 
to do so, with satisfactory results. 

On the other hand it goes without 
saying that there are cases where some of 
the very best concerns of this country 
have never made, and will never make, 
detailed statements of their affairs. These 
are the exceptions, however, and these 
exceptions should not be used as an argu- 
ment against the desirability of obtaining 
very close data regarding all the nec- 
essary items that go to make up a com- 
plete statement of a firm or corporation. 

We have always taken the stand that, 
where a concern is selling its paper through 
brokers, or borrowing of its banks, it 
should settle its merchandise obligations 
in the shortest possible time, and obtain 
the very best biscounts for so doing. It 
certainly is not good business procedure 
for a firm to borrow money and then allow 
its bills to run to maturity, and in some 
instances past maturity. It has been our 
practice for many years to make trade 
investigations and revise our reports every 
six months or every year, at least; and 
if we learn, as the result of these inquiries, 
that our borrowers are not taking ad- 
vantage of the best trade discounts, we 
bring it to their attention immediately. 

In safe-guarding investments it is de- 
sirable that banks in the same city and 
neighboring cities should exchange in- 
formation to the fullest extent. There 
have been very few instances where we 
have had any occasion to regret that we 
have been perfectly frank and open in 























WHAT SHALL WE DO WITH OUR BANKS? 691 


answering the inquiries we receive daily 
and almost hourly from our friends in 
New York and elsewhere, giving them the 
result of our experience in handling any 
of our accounts. This is of vital import- 
ance to all concerned, and it is our earnest 
hope that this free interchange of opinions 
will continue to expand. 

I think that credit is too easily obtained 
in this country, for, while I appreciate 
that the development and expansion of 
the country depends on the free extension 
of credit, my observation has taught me 
to believe that one of the cheapest instru- 
ments of commerce in the United States 
to-day is credit. We are all apt to grant 
credit too liberally. This applies to the 
banks as well as to our friends, the note 
brokers, but I am constrained to call 
attention to the fact that many small 
houses are borrowing money in the open 
market to-day through brokers, who, by 
reason of the limited amount of their 
capital and volume of business, are not 
warranted in so doing. The danger to the 
man with a moderate capital is that he 
regards this money which he has borrowed 
as permanent working capital, which 
encourages him to inflate his business 
beyond prudent and safe lines, and, 
suddenly, when disturbances in the busi- 
ness world occur, or panic arises, he finds 
himself far from shore, with his obligations 
for borrowed money maturing and with 
no facilities to meet them. It always 
occurs at such times that his collections 
are slow, and, naturally, he finds himself 
in a quandary. We have seen so many 
instances of this nature in our own ex- 
perience that we cannot too strongly 
urge the necessity for care and conserva- 
tism. I would suggest also that the banks 
and the note brokers work closely together, 
for equal benefits are to be derived in a 
free interchange of views, experiences, and 
ideas. We have found it so in our own 
case, and we believe that this relation 
is becoming’closer each year. 

In investing the funds of a bank, one’s 
first thought is safety, but it is equally 
important to invest the funds in flexible 
assets, and, in my opinion, there is no 
class of investments superior to a mer- 
chant’s note of undoubted standing and 


responsibility, The panic of 1907 and 
its aftermath, with the small percentage 
of commercial failures and the gradual 
but steady liquidation which has taken 
place from that time up to the present 
time, prove conclusively that this class 
of investments, if examined thoroughly: 
and selected carefully, is an ideal one. 

I do not mean by this that it is possible 
to invest your funds for all time in com- 
mercial paper without sumetime facing 
a loss, but the experience of the last 
three years and the information derived 
from a study of the statements received 
during that period show how gradually 
but steadily our manufacturers and mer- 
chants have been able to reduce their 
liabilities through corresponding reductions 
either in the amount of their merchandise 
or in the amount of their bills and accounts 
receivable, without serious result to them- 
selves or to their creditors. Looking at 
the matter from the standpoint of a com- 
mercial banker, | think you will all agree 
with me that a short-time obligation is 
preferable to a long-time obligation. 

Bearing upon this matter of flexibility, 
] am constrained to mention the fact that, 
from the standpoint of good banking, it 
is not in the province of any bank to 
furnish permanent working capital for 
any one of its depositors. A bank whose 
liabilities are all payable on demand 
should observe closely the well-established 
rule that its borrowers should at some- 
time during each twelve months liquidate 
their indebtedness to the bank for a reason- 
able period of time. In my opinion, this 
is neither unjust nor arbitrary, and is 
dictated by well demonstrated and sound 
banking and business logic. 

I am constrained to mention briefly 
how important the matter of the invest- 
ment of a bank’s funds in commercial 
paper is to the business interests of this 
country, and how vital it is to the develop- 
ment of the country. Such a large per- 
centage of our commercial business is 
conducted upon borrowed capital that, 
if our country is to reach its greatest 
development, it is essential that banks 
in all parts of the country should be in 
a position to handle the means for expan- 
sion understandingly and safely. 











HOW TO GET RID OF FLIES 


THE WAY THEY “SWAT” THEM IN TOPEKA AND ORDER OUT THE BOY SCOUTS TO 
SLAUGHTER THEM — HOW THEY TRAP THEM IN WILMINGTON 


BY 


FRANK PARKER STOCKBRIDGE 


HE war on the house fly will 
share with the Presidential 
campaign the interest and 
activities of the American peo- 
ple for the next few months. 

Somewhere in the neighborhood of a 
billion flies were killed in the various cam- 
paigns of 1911 and filthy breeding places 
were cleaned up that, if left alone, would 
have insured the propagation of additional 
uncounted billions. The summer of 1912 
will not see the extermination of the 
species. But if the plans of national, 
state, and local civic organizations and 
health departments are only half carried 
out, the outlook for the fly crop of 1913 
will be very much less encouraging — to 
the fly. 

It has taken a surprisingly short time 
for the public to grasp the idea that the 
fly is the most dangerous wild animal of 
the North American continent. It has 
taken a still shorter time for this con- 
ception of the fly as an important factor 
in the national death rate to translate 
itself into effective action. A dozen years 
ago only a few scientists recognized the 
fly as a disease carrier. Its habits and 
life history were almost unknown. The 
question, “Where do all the flies come 
from?” was regarded as an unimportant 
and somewhat humorous riddle, like 
“Where do all the pins gor” About 
the beginning of the twentieth century 
scientists began to ask the question 
seriously. 

What the inquirers found startled the 
public. Early investigations under the 
direction of Edward Hatch, Jr., then 
connected with the Merchants’ Association 
of New York, proved that one of the fly’s 
favorite breeding places was in the sewage 
and filth deposited along the river front 
by the tide. Dr. D. D. Jackson found 


the germs of typhoid and other diseases 
on the feet and bodies of practically every 
fly trapped on the recreation piers. Dr. 
L. O. Howard, Chief of the Bureau of 
Entomology of the United States Depart- 
ment of Agriculture, directed investiga- 
tions which proved the affinity of the fly 
with filth — that it prefers as its habitat 
and the nursery for its young the filthy 
stable or outhouse, the garbage can, or 
the dirty corner under the kitchen sink. 
Dr. Howard proposed the name “typhoid 
fly’’ — a suggestion that caught the popu- 
lar fancy and aided in fixing the insect’s 
proper status. Then Dr. S. J. Crumbine, 
Secretary of the Kansas State Board of 
Health, came along with his epigrammatic 
injunction, “Swat the fly!” and the 
campaign was on. 

In the spring of 1911 one of the Boy 
Scouts at Weir, Kans., suggested that 
his organization might be of service in 
distributing some of Doctor Crumbine’s 
fly posters. This poster, by the way, has 
been found one of the most effective 
means of educating the public to the 
danger of the fly.. The border design, 
originated by the Florida State Board of 
Health and adopted by many others, 
depicts the progress of the fly from all 
sorts of filthy places to the dinner-table, 
the cream-pitcher, the sick-room and 
the baby’s nursing-bottle, while the 
“House Fly Catechism” that goes with 
it is admirably calculated to arouse hostile 
emotions toward the fly. 

Doctor Crumbine was quick to see 
possibilities in the Boy Scouts. He sug- 
gested a plan for a general town clean-up 
in Weir, to be undertaken and managed 
entirely by them. Then, through the 
Rev. Walter Burr, of Olathe, Scout Master 
for that district, he enlisted the Scout 
orgat.izations throughout the state. 


we 




















»_ 


a 


a 
i‘, a 


ci 








we Se 
Se, Qe 










DON'T ALLOW FLIES IN YOUR HOUSE. 

DON'T PERMIT THEM NEAR YOUR FOOD—ESPECIALLY MILK. 
DON'T BUY FOODSTUFFS WHERE FLIES ARE TOLERATED. 
DON'T EAT WHERE FLIES HAVE ACCESS TO THE FOOD. 


Flies are the most dangerous insects known to man 

Flies are the filthiest of all vermin. They are born in filth, live on filth and 
carry filth around with them. They are maggots before they are flies. 

Flies are known to be carriers of millions of death-dealing disease germs. 
They leave some of these germs wherever they alight. 

Flies may infect the food you eat. They come to your kitchen or to your dining 
table, fresh from the privy vault, from the garbage box, from the manure 
pile, from the cuspidor, from decaying animal or vegetable matter, or from 
the contagious sick room with this sort of filth on their feet and in their 
bodies, and they deposit it on your food, and YOU DO swallow filth from 
privy vaults, etc., etc., if you eat food that has come in contact with flies. 

Flies may infect you with tuberculosis, typhoid fever, scarlet fever, diphtheria, 
and other infectious diseases. They have the habit of feasting on tubercu- 
losis sputum and other discharges of those sick with these diseases, and 
then go direct to your food, to your drink, to the lips of your sleeping child, 
or perhaps to a smal! open wound on your hands or face. When germs are 
deposited in milk they multiply very fast; therefore milk should never be 
exposed to flies. 


What To Do To Get Rid of Flies. 


Screen your windows and doors. Oo it early before fly time and keep screens 
up until snow falls. 

Screen all food, especially milk. Do nof eat food that has been in contact with flies. 

Screen the baby's bed and keep flies away from the baby's bottle, the baby’s 
food and the baby’s “comforter” 

aa flies away from the sick, especially those ill with typhoid fever, scarlet 
ever. diphtheria and tuberculosis. Screen the patient's bed. Kill every fly 
that enters the sick room. tmmediately disinfect and dispose of all discharges. 

Catch the flies as fast as they appear. Use liquid poisons, sticky fly papers 
and traps. 

Place either of these fly poisons in shallow dishes throughout the house: 
(a) Two teaspoontuls of formaldehyde to a pint of water, er 
(b) One dram of bichromate of potash dissolved in two ounces of water, 

sweetened with plenty of sugar. 

To quickly clear rooms of flies, burn pyrethrum powder or blow powdered black 
flag into the air of the recom with a powder blower. This causes flies to fall 
to the floor in stunned condition. They must then be gathered up and destroyed. 


Eliminate the Breeding Places of Flies. 


Sprinkle chloride of lime or kerosene over contents of privy vaults and garbage 
boxes. Keep garbage receptacles tightly covered, clean the cans every day, 
the boxes every week. Keep the ground around garbage boxes clean. 

Sprinkle chloride of lime over manure piles, old paper, old straw and other 
refuse of like nature. Keep manure in screened pit or vault if possible. 
Manure should be removed at least every week. 

Pour kerosene into the drains. Keep sewerage system in good order, repair all 
leaks immediately 

Clean cuspidors every day. Keep 5 per cent solution of carbolic acid in them 
all the time. Get rid of sawdust boxes used as cuspidors — destroy them— 
they're insanitary. 

Don't allow dirt to accumulate in corners, behind doors, back of radiators, 
under stoves, etc. 

Allow no decaying matter of any sort to accumulate on or near your premises. 


FLIES IN THE HOME INDICATE A CARELESS HOUSEKEEPER. 
REMEMBER: NO DIRT—NO FLIES. 


iF THERE 1S A NUISANCE IN THE NE . NOTIFY 


JAM ES H. WALLIS, “Tiana 
BOISE, IDAHO. 


(BORDER ILLUSTRATION ADOPTED FROM FLORIDA STATE BOARD OF HEALTH POSTER ) 






















































































































ONE OF THE MOST EFFECTIVE MEANS OF EDUCATING 


A REALISTIC ILLUSTRATION OF THE PROGRESS OF THE FLY FROM HIS 


THE PUBLIC 


DINNER TABLE TO OURS 














604 


The plan adopted by the Boy Scouts 
of Weir and followed elsewhere was simple 
and effective. The boys divided the 
city into districts and themselves into 
squads, each covering a district. Then, 
upon a given day, after wide publicity 
through the local papers, they set about 
cleaning up the town. The city authori- 
ties had given them permission to haul 
away the rubbish and garbage. They 
went at it systematically. There was the 
rake brigade, the gunny sack brigade, 
and the hauling brigade, with a corps of 
officers to see that things worked smoothly. 
Their preliminary “scouting” had shown 
them just where to go — and they cleaned 
the town. In the evening a dinner was 
served to the Scouts by the town fathers 
and mothers and every indication pointed 
to a very thorough arousing of the public 
conscience on the fly question. 

The Boy Scouts were not content to 
let the matter rest there. On their own 
initiative they bought wire screening, 
persuaded a local druggist to give them 
some wooden yard sticks that he had been 
using for advertising purposes, and with 
these materials constructed “swatters” 
which they distributed without charge, 
two to every house in the city. Then 
they went to the Commercial Club and 
obtained funds for building a large num- 
ber of fly traps, which were placed about 
the streets. 

Even then the Scouts were not satisfied. 
Doctor Crumbine in his tentative pro- 
gramme had suggested that they might 
try to get Weir to adopt the State Health 
Board’s model anti-fly ordinance, which 
requires the removal of all refuse at least 
once every ten days from April to Novem- 
ber, and that every repository of filth in 
which the flies might breed be made fly- 
proof. The Boy Scouts took this sugges- 
tion as seriously as any of the others. 
They wrote “compositions” telling why 
the ordinance should be adopted, then 
appeared before the city council and 
read their arguments. The council acted 
favorably without delay. The city of 
Weir now boasts itself the cleanest city 
in America, but Olathe and many other 
Kansas municipalities are not far behind 
it, thanks to the Boy Scouts, and the 


THE WORLD’S WORK 


youngsters of Weir have planned an even 
more thorough-going campaign for 1912. 

One of the most successful anti-fly 
campaigns of 1911 was that conducted 
in Washington, D. C., under the direction 
of a leading newspaper, the Fvening Star, 
with the codperation of the local Health 
Department, the Associated Charities, 
and a few public-spirited business men. 
More than five thousand boys and girls 
took part in a two-weeks’ fly-catching 
campaign which resulted in the destruc- 
tion of more than seven million flies and in 
developing many valuable methods and 
devices for their extermination. The 
immediate stimulus was the prize-money 
offered by the Star — $100 in all, ranging 
from a first prize of $25 down to twenty 
prizes of $1 each. 

Paper boxes in which to place the dead 
flies were furnished free by a local box 
maker. The Associated Charities opened 
its branch offices as receiving stations. 
A local transfer company gave the use of 
a wagon for bringing boxes of flies to the 
Health Department, where each con- 
testant’s daily catch was credited to the 
youthful sportsman whose name appeared 
on the box. The flies were counted by 
measure — 1,600 to a gill. Flies could be 
killed for contest purposes in any manner 
except by sticky fly paper. The con- 
ditions and suggestions as to how to make 
large catches were published daily in the 
Star for a week before the opening of the 
contest on July 24th. The scores of the 
ten highest competitors were published 
daily, with notes of interest from the 
children as to the methods they found 
successful. 

The power of codperative effort, the 
value of organized and systematic methods, 
and the advantage of an early start were 
all demonstrated in the success of Layton 
H. Burdette, the thirteen year old boy 
who won the first prize of $25 with a total 
catch of 343,800 flies. Young Burdette 
had laid his plans carefully. He formed 
a company of twenty-five young adven- 
turers to go after the first prize on a profit- 
sharing basis. The Burdette Fly Com- 
pany, operating in the section known as 
Georgetown, distanced all competitors by 
almost 150,000 flies. 














HOW TO GET RID OF FLIES 


Traps, “swatters,” and poisons were 
all used by young Burdette and his asso- 
ciates. One squad took charge of the 
traps and another of the poison devices, 
while all were armed with “swatters” 
which they found, on the whole, the most 
effective means of bringing down the game. 
Nor were their traps and poison dishes 
placed haphazard. Proprietors of meat 
markets, grocery stores, fruit stands, 
candy shops, and other places to which 
flies are naturally attracted, readily gave 
permission to the young adventurers to 
place their traps on the premises. The 
most efficient trap proved to be one of 
young Burdette’s own invention. It con- 
sisted of a simple cone of wire gauze 
tacked to a wooden base containing a 
hole about three inches in diameter, the 
whole mounted on supports that raised 
the trap a half an inch above the surface 
on which it was placed. The lower part 
of the cone was covered with black cloth. 
There was a poisoned bait and the flies, 
entering, climbed upward toward the 
light. Very few flies once in a Bur- 
dette trap escaped. The boys watched 
and tended their traps as carefully as if 
they were Hudson Bay fur-hunters. Many 
of the other contestants used boiling 
water to kill the trapped flies, but the 
Burdette Fly Company discovered that 
a wet fly does not occupy as much space 
as a dry one — and the flies were counted 
by bulk measure. So they used sulphur 
fumes to put their prey in condition for 
market. 

Various forms of bait were tested. The 
Agricultural Department recommended 
bread saturated with milk. Doctor 
Murray suggested sweetened water in- 
stead of the milk and this was demon- 
strated to be more efficient. An ordinary 
flour and water paste was used with suc- 
cess by many of the contestants, and one 
small colored boy found a dead crab to be 
particularly attractive to the flies. The 
best place to set a trap was found to 
be neither in the sunshine nor in a deep 
shadow, but in a shady place close to 
bright sunshine. One boy invented an 
elaborate trap that electrocuted every 
fly approaching the bait. 


Besides ridding the city of some 


695 


7,000,000 flies, the contest gave the city 
Health Department a valuable key to the 
sections which required special attention 
from a sanitary viewpoint. Records of 
the contestants were kept on cards, which 
were Classified by districts, those in which 
the most flies were caught being the 
neighborhoods where filth was most likely 
to be found —for the house fly breeds 
only in filth and, unless driven by the 
wind, seldom travels more than 1,500 
feet from the place where it was hatched. 

This year the Star opened its campaign 
in February with 150 children enlisted. 
The necessity for making the campaign 
complete to the point of utter extermina- 
tion was impressed on Washingtonians 
by statistics published during the contest 
by Doctor Howard of the Bureau of 
Entomology. He pointed out that in 
the climate of Washington twelve genera- 
tions of flies are produced in a single 
summer. As one fly will lay 120 eggs, 
the result, if all of these should hatch and 
reproduce their kind in like ratio, would 
be appalling. The progression carried out 
by raising 120 to the twelfth power gives a 
total possible progeny from a single fly 
of 1,096,181,249,310,720,000,000,000,000. 
And as each female fly usually lays four 
batches of eggs, their unchecked develop- 
ment through twelve generations would 
make a mass of flies that would measure 
268,778,165,861 cubic miles, or consider- 
ably more than the total mass of the 
earth. Such figures as these are calcu- 
lated to emphasize the necessity of not 
stopping when only 7,000,000 flies have 
been killed. As a matter of actual ex- 
perience and observation it is estimated 
that from each pair of flies surviving the 
winter some 8,000,000 living insects are 
propagated during the summer. 

Some of the most effective campaigns 
against the fly have been conducted by 
women’s organizations. The Women’s 
Municipal League of Boston started in 
I9iI a campaign, largely educational, 
which gives a promise of eventual good 
results. Under the direction of Mrs. 
Robert S. Bradley, Chairman of the 
Sanitation Department, a large poster 
was prepared illustrating the life of the 
fly, telling how it is propagated and how 








696 THE WORLD’S WORK 





Please kill that Fly! 


Why? 
Because:-- 
1. Flies breed in manure and other filth. 


2. Flies walk arid feed on excreta and sputa from 
people ill with typhoid fever, tuberculosis, diarrhoeal 
affections, and many other diseases. 

3. One fly can carry and may deposit on our food 
6,000,000 bacteria. 

4. One fly in one summer may produce normally 
195,312,500,000,000,000 descendants. 

5. A fly is an enemy to health,—the health of our 
children, the health of our community! 





A fly cannot develop from the egg in less than 8 
days; therefore, if we clean up everything thoroughly 
every week, and keep all manure screened, there need 
be no flies. 


Women's Municipal League of Boston. 











Will you help in the campaign against this pest ? 
THE BOSTON METHOD 


CARRIED ON BY THE WOMEN’S MUNICIPAL 
LEAGUE; WHICH, THOUGH NOT 
VERY SPECTACULAR, IS NONE 
THE LESS EFFECTIVE 

it carries disease, with brief instructions 
for getting rid of it. These instructions, 
prepared by Prof. C. T. Brues of Harvard 
University, are so concise and complete 
that they are worth reproducing: 


HOW TO GET RID OF HOUSE FLIES 
All garbage and horse manure from stables 
should be always kept covered and’ removed 
once each week in summer, and all houses, 
yards and alleys kept free from filth. 


Persuade your neighbors to take care of | 


their refuse. 
To thus deprive flies of their breeding places 
is the best way to get rid of them. 

- All houses and stores where food is exposed 
for sale should be thoroughly protected by 
screens, and any stray flies should be caught 
upon sticky fly paper, trapped, or poisoned. 

The careless and dirty storekeeper must be 
controlled by public opinion; otherwise he will 
allow flies to infect the food he sells and continue 
to distribute disease germs among hiscustomers.” 


Several thousands of these posters were 
placed in various parts of the city. Mem- 
bers of the League visited the public and 
private stables and urged the use of dis- 
infectants to prevent flies from breeding 
in the refuse. Most of the stable owners 
agreed to codperate and experiments were 
made with various disinfecting compounds. 
Those having pyroligneous acid as a base 


were found to be the most efficient. The 
League found also that condensed milk 
with tomato ketchup made an efficient 
bait for fly-traps. Small hand bills and 
pamphlets were distributed in large quanti- 
ties and a very appreciable diminution 
in the number of flies was noted before 
the end of the summer. No effort has 
been made in Boston to inaugurate a 
“swatting” campaign, but the Women’s 
League is continuing its work in 1912 on 
the same plan of destroying the breeding 
grounds of the insect. “One who permits 
flies to breed on his premises is to that 
extent himself a dangerous member of 
society,” is the phrase by which the 
League is trying to arouse Boston to 
united action. 

The Women’s Civic League of Balti- 
more also conducted, in 1911, an effective 
anti-fly campaign, with the codperation 
of the Baltimore Sun. Prizes were offered 
to children for killing flies, and ten cents 
a quart was paid for all flies brought in. 
Fly traps were distributed to the con- 
testants. The Boy Scouts of Baltimore, 
like those of Kansas, went into the work 
enthusiastically. The Children’s Play- 
ground Association and the Infant Mor- 
tality Association gave assistance. The 
Police and Health Departments also 
codperated. The contest lasted fifteen 
days from the latter part of July to early 





THREE DANGEROVS TOVGAS 
& DEADLY TRIO 

















HOW THEY DO IT IN THE SOUTH 


THE GRAPHIC WARNING OF THE MISSISSIPPI 
HEALTH BOARD 


AOS Tae FO 


Te See Ne Se, ee RSS Ge 


— 











HOW TO GET RID OF FLIES 697 


August, and something more than 
8,000,000 flies were killed. The actual 
count was 640 quarts, or about eight 
barrels of flies, which measure approxi- 
mately 12,800 to the quart. After the 
contest was officially closed many of the 
children kept their fly traps in commission 
— including the ingenious young lady of 
eight who reported that her baby sister 
was the best bait for flies she had found. 

Perhaps the most effective of the anti- 
fly campaigns of 1911 was that in Wilming- 
ton, N. C., conducted by Dr. Charles T. 
Nesbitt, Health Officer of that city. 
Certainly it is the most complete cam- 
paign that has been carried on entirely 
at public expense. Typhoid fever has 
long been epidemic in Wilmington. Doc- 
tor Nesbitt observed that the annual 
outbreak of the disease coincided very 
closely with the maturity of the first 
spring crop of flies. The city was full of 
breeding places for the insects. The 
sanitary conditions under which a large 
proportion of the population lived were 
of the most appallingly primitive nature. 
A quick survey showed that there was too 
much filth to be carted away at any 
reasonable expense. Doctor Nesbitt de- 
cided to disinfect the entire town and 
keep it so thoroughly disinfected that the 
flies would become discouraged and give 
up the attempt to propagate their kind. 
A suitable and cheap disinfectant was 
found in pyroligneous acid, a by-product 
of the distillation of turpentine. 

Doctor Nesbitt began, not merely a 
war on the fly, but a general massacre. 
Carts, containing barrels of pyroligneous 
acid stationed at street corners, furnished 
bases of operation for men armed with 
sprinkling cans who poured the acid over 
practically every square inch of Wilming- 
ton. There were the usual objections 
from “conservative” citizens who main- 
tained the right of the individual to do as 
he pleased on his own premises, but the 
work went on and between June 8th and 
July 17th the entire city had been sprinkled 
four times. The interesting and instruc- 
tive lesson from this clean-up is found in 
the daily record of typhoid cases. Be- 
ginning with one case reported on June 
Ist, it reached a maximum on June 15th 


of ten cases reported in a single day. 
After June 23rd, four days after the second 
disinfection was completed, the number 
of new cases reported began to diminish 
until only five new cases in all appeared 
after July 1oth, although the fourth dis- 
infection of the town had not then been 
begun. 

| have described the Kansas, Washing- 
ton, Boston, Baltimore, and Wilmington 
campaigns at some length because they 
are typical of methods of fly-fighting that 
have proved more or less successful. 
There are very few states and cities, 
however, in which some effort has not been 
directed against the fly. In most cases 
this has been through publications, pla- 
cards, and similar educational means. 














ama 





MODERN SLAUGHTER OF THE INNOCENTS 


A MAGNIFIED WING SHOWING SPECKS OF DIRT WHICH 
THE FLY SHEDS OVER THE NIPPLE OF THE 
BABY’S BOTTLE 


One of the most valuable of these 
publications is a leaflet prepared by 
Dr. W. E. Britton of the Connecticut 
Agricultural Experiment Station. Doctor 
Britton, incidentally, made an _ investi- 
gation in 1909 into the source of flies 
in certain Connecticut towns and_ traced 
them to the carloads of stable manure 
which are shipped to farmers from New 
York City. In four ounces of this 
refuse he found more than seven hun- 
dred fly maggots. For destroying flies, 
Doctor Britton recommends a 5 per 
cent. solution of formalin in water. ex- 
posed in a shallow dish, which has been 








608 


found an attractive and effective poison. 
The burning in a closed room of pyrethrum 
or “Persian insect powder,” provided it 
is pure and fresh, as well as traps, sticky 
fly paper, and wire “swatters,’’ are also 
recommended. 

In Delaware, although the state authori- 
ties have ignored the fly pest, an anti- 
fly campaign was inaugurated in the city 
of Wilmington in the summer of 1911. 
A very efficient educational campaign has 
been conducted by the Indiana State 
Board of Health. Anti-fly publicity mat- 
ter has been furnished to the newspapers; 
posters have been widely distributed; 
the traveling exhibit of the department 
carries special anti-fly cartoons, charts, 








WASHINGTON’S CHAMPION FLY KILLER 


LAYTON H. BURDETTE WHO, BY MEANS OF HIS FLY TRAP 
AND OTHER METHODS, CAUGHT 343,000 FLIES AND 
WON THE $25 CONTEST PRIZE OFFERED IN 
IQ11 BY THE WASHINGTON “STAR” 


and banners; and lecturers that accompany 
the exhibit give stereopticon and moving- 
picture entertainments in which the fly 
menace is emphasized. An anti-fly health 
ordinance promulgated by the department 
has been adopted in many municipalities. 
It provides for a fine of from five to fifty 
dollars for any person maintaining on his 
premises any filth in which flies may breed. 

Both the Illinois State Health Depart- 
ment and the Health Department of 


THE WORLD’S WORK 


Chicago have issued pamphlets on the 
fly. Pamphlets are also circulated by the 
lowa State Board of Health, the Maryland 
Agricultural Experiment Station, and the 
North Dakota, New York, Ohio, Pennsyl- 
vania, South Carolina, Texas, Virginia, 
Vermont, Wisconsin, and California State 
Health Departments. In Idaho, James 
H. Wallis, State Dairy, Food, and Sani- 
tary Inspector, has been active in dis- 
tributing pamphlets and posters and in 
urging local authorities to clean up. A 
clever and effective circular is Mr. Wallis’s 
widely-circulated pamphlet, “The Auto- 
biography of a Fly.” The Michigan 
Department of Health posts a striking 
placard in hotels, restaurants, and other 
public places. The headline, “Flies 
Poison Food,” can be read across a large 
room. The Maine State Board of Health 
is circulating an anti-fly circular among 
school children. The Minnesota Health 
Department maintains a traveling exhibit 
which keeps up a continuous anti-fly 
propaganda. The Mississippi Health 
Board puts its warning against the fly in 
the form of a cartoon entitled, “Three 
Dangerous Toughs,” the other two being 
the mosquito and the whisky bottle. 
In Oregon the Board of Health began an 
extensive anti-fly campaign in 1911, 
arranging illustrated lectures in various 
cities and enlisting women’s clubs, con- 
sumers’ leagues, and other civic organiza- 
tions, with the result of arousing a great 
deal of public interest. The North Caro- 
lina Board of Health circulates a con- 
densed “Fly Catechism” which originated 
with the Indianapolis Health Department. 

“Either man must kill the fly or the 
fly will kill the man,” is the warning of the 
Utah Board of Health. The Vermont 
Board of Health, working through local 
officers, requires the enforcement of sani- 
tary anti-fly measures. 

Asheville, N. C., has a Board of Health 
which claims in its publications that 
the fly has been practically exterminated 
through the enforcement of its anti-fly 
ordinance, the first adopted in any city. 
The Health Department of the North 
Carolina Federation of Women’s Clubs 
is carrying on a state-wide anti-fly cam- 
paign at its own expense. 





[Pte CD FD 


we Ne fw 

















HOW TO GET RID OF FLIES 699 


Berkeley, Cal. has been largely freed of 
flies through campaigns conducted by 
Dr. W. B. Herms, of the University of 
California. 

One of the most effective anti-fly cam- 
paigns was conducted in Worcester, Mass., 
from June 22 to July 12, 1911. Ten 
barrels of flies were killed. The winner 
of the $100 prize, a boy of twelve, turned 
in 95 quarts, approximately 1,219,000 
flies, captured in traps of his own con- 
struction. The interest of Worcester has 
been largely stimulated by Dr. Clifton 
F. Hodge, Professor of Biology at Clark 





habits of the fly and the effort to enforce 
ordinances requiring food supplies to be 
kept covered. 

Besides the newspapers already men- 
tioned, many others have taken an active 
part in local fly campaigns. Coéperating 
with the Minneapolis Health Depart- 
ment, the 7ribune of that city inaugu- 
rated very successful anti-fly movements 
in 1910 and 1911. ‘The newspaper offered 
prizes ranging from $50 to $100 for dead 
flies, and in the two seasons about 12,000,- 
000 were destroyed. A similar campaign 
is being planned for 1912. It was found 





COUNTING FLIES 
DR. ARTHUR L. MURRAY OF THE HEALTH DEPARTMENT MEASURING THEM, 


“STAR'S” 


University, who has devised a number of 
simple but effective fly traps. His experi- 
ments have apparently demonstrated the 
possibility of completely exterminating 
the fly by traps and the screening or dis- 
infecting of all places where they might 
breed. The Cleveland Board of Health 
conducted an extensive campaign of pub- 
licity against the fly in 1911, and the New 
York City Health Department has for 
several years carried on a continuous 
campaign of education through public 
lectures, posters, and exhibitions of moving 
pictures and lantern slides showing the 


1,600 TO THE GILL, FOR THE 


CONTEST WHICH RID WASHINGTON OF 7,000,000 FLIES 


in Minneapolis that traps were more 
effective than either poison or “swatters.” 

The San Antonio Express conducted 
a fly-killing competition early in 1911. A 
million and a quarter flies were killed by 
contestants for a $10 prize, the winner 
bagging 484,320. The Houston Post, the 
Manchester (N. H.) Union, the Kansas 
City Star, the Milwaukee Sentinel, and the 
Charleston (W. Va.) Gazette, have also 
carried on active anti-fly campaigns in 
their own communities. Screening of all 
business places and large public fly-traps 
set at the curb in the business district 

















By special permission of the National Geographic Magazine Copyright, 1910 


FEMALE HOUSE FLY RESTING ON GLASS AND SEEN FROM ABOVE 


WHOSE POSSIBLE PROGENY IN A SEASON IS 1,096,181,249,320,720,000,000,000,000, FLIES, 
ENOUGH TO MAKE A MASS MEASURING 268,778,165,861 CUBIC MILES, 
OR MORE THAN THE TOTAL MASS OF THE EARTH 























By special permission of the National Geographic Magazine Copyright, 1910 


MALE HOUSE FLY RESTING ON GLASS AND SEEN FROM BELOW 
SHOWING THE SIX MUSCULAR LEGS, AT THE END OF EACH OF WHICH ARE TWO CLAWS 
AND TWO STICKY PADS TO WHICH GERMS AND SPORES ADHERE AND 
ARE THUS CARRIED FROM PLACE TO PLACE 








702 


almost completely rid the city of Blue 
Earth, Minn. of flies in 1911. 

The fly nuisance, however, is by no 
means a distinctly urban one. There 
is hardly a corner of the country that is 
free from it. In eastern Washington, 
where a general typhoid campaign in 
North Yakima included a very complete 
anti-fly crusade, some very large catches 
were made on ranches remote from the 
city. In connection with a_ general 
clean-up, large fly traps were found to be 
very efficient and many ranchers used 


THE WORLD’S WORK 


can be done. The meat hung in the sun 
provides a splendid place for the fly to 
lay its eggs and becomes infested with 
maggots before it can dry. 

Local campaigns against the fly are 
only incidents in a national warfare, of 
which the educational phase is well under 
way. The United States Department 
of Agriculture, through its Farmers’ Bulle- 
tins and other publications, is bringing 
the peril of the fly home to millions. The 
American Civic Association, through its 
fly committee, headed by Mr. Edward 








MORE DEADLY THAN 


BULLETS 


THE HOUSE FLY WITH A CAPACITY FOR CARRYING 6,000,000 BACTERIA AT ONCE FROM PUTRIFYING 
MATTER TO THE FOOD ON THE TABLE, DESTROYS EVERY YEAR MORE 
PEOPLE THAN ARE KILLED IN BATTLE 


’ 


them. “It is no exaggeration,” says Dr. 
Eugene R. Kelley, Health Commissioner 
of Washington, “to say that even on 
the ranches they collected often as high 
as a bushel and a half of flies in three or 
four days.” Not many years ago one 
could camp almost anywhere in the West 
or Southwest, without being bothered by 
flies. The white pioneer, like the Indian 
before him, found no difficulty in pre- 
serving meat by drying it in the sun — 
the “jerked beef”’ of the frontier. To-day 
there are very few sections where this 


Hatch, Jr., is codperating with “litera- 
ture” and the personal efforts of its 
thousands of members in encouraging 
local campaigns. Possibly the most valu- 
able service that Mr. Hatch, a pioneer 
in the movement, has rendered since his 
original study of the fly as a carrier of 
disease, is the “Fly Pest” moving picture 
film. This remarkable film, made in 
England at Mr. Hatch’s direction, shows 
the development of the fly from the egg 
to maturity and conveys the lesson of its 
danger and general nastiness in a manner 


¢” 




















HOW TO GET RID OF FLIES 











A LUMP OF SUGAR 


ONE FLY ON 
WHICH IN A SINGLE SEASON PRODUCES TWELVE GEN- 
ERATIONS OF WHICH 8,000,000 FLIES 
NORMALLY SURVIVE 


so graphic that it reaches the under- 
standing even of the smallest children. 
It has been shown in about 2,100 moving 
picture theatres to audiences totalling 
more than 1,250,000 persons. It is in 
use by a dozen or more state and local 
boards of health and educational insti- 
tutions and can be bought or rented at a 
very low rate by any one interested. 

The indictment of the fly is not a 
difficult one to draw up nor is it neces- 
sary to resort to technicalities to obtain a 
conviction. And it ought to be obvious 
that the toleration of the fly in any com- 
munity is an indictment of its people — 
proof positive of a low order of general 
intelligence and civic spirit. 

The crusade — for in the truest sense 
of the word this battle with the fly is a 
holy war — has been well begun. I have 
tried to make it clear that it is not im- 
possible nor even very difficult to exter- 
minate the fly. All that is necessary is 
o “clean up.” 

It is not necessary to wait until the 
automobile shall have completely dis- 
placed the horse if only a little care is 
exercised wherever horses are kept, for 
they provide the principal breeding places 
for the fly. Screening and disinfectants 
— pyroligneous acid, kerosene, chloride 
of lime — used liberally around stables 
will go far to exterminate the fly. 
Sewerage systems so arranged that the 


793 


sewage is not exposed to the open air, 
and in their absence the screening and 
disinfection of all receptacles of filth and 
offal will go still farther. And when we 
add to these the burning of all garbage 
and similar refuse, the maintenance of 
sanitary conditions in kitchens, bake- 
shops, markets, and places where food is 
kept generally, and when we have trained 
the children to fear the fly as they would 
a rattlesnake, the battle will have been 
won. 

All that is required is initiative — there 
is no obstacle in the way but indifference. 
The fly, almost alone among the public 
enemies, has no friends. There are no 
“interests” back of the house fly. He 
is not useful even for fish bait. One may 
totally reject the germ theory of disease 
and still agree that the fly is a pest and 
should be destroyed. Flies are not kept 
as pets, so there is no sentimental outcry 
against their wholesale destruction. Even 
the S. P. C. A. regards them as outlaws. 
And the experience of 1911 has demon- 
strated not only that a very small prize 
will insure the death of a very large num- 
ber of flies but that the new patriotism 
which the work calls forth is in itself a 
sufficient inspiration and stimulus. 

Asa _ nation we have always been par- 
tial to “slogans.”” Doctor Crumbine has 
given us a new one that is fast becoming 
a national battle-cry: 

“Swat the fly!” 





THE BREEDING PLACE OF FLIES 


EGGS HATCHING ON A PILE OF FILTH, THE ELIMINA- 
TION OF WHICH FROM CITY STREETS, FROM STA- 
BLES, BACK YARDS, ETC., WOULD ENTIRELY 
DO AWAY WITH THE FLY PEST 

















MISS FELICE LYNE 
THE YOUNG AMERICAN SOPRANO, WHOSE REMARKABLE TRIUMPH AS GILDA IN “‘ RIGOLETTO” IN 
THE HAMMERSTEIN OPERA HOUSE IN LONDON WAS FOLLOWED, ON FEBRUARY 
4TH, BY AN EVEN GREATER SUCCESS IN THE ALBERT HALL 

















¢ 





A PRIMA DONNA AT TWENTY 


A NEW GREAT AMERICAN SINGER-——-HER TRIUMPHS ABROAD AND AT HOME 
—THE SIGNIFICANCE OF HER SUCCESS 


OST New York opera goers 

remember that they heard a 

little girl singing the part 

of Lisbeth two years ago in 

“ Hans the Flute-player,” and 

most of them will recall with pleasure that 

they remarked to their husbands or to 

their daughters or to whomever it was 

they happened to have been sitting with, 

“A remarkable, strong, true voice to come 

from such a little body,” or they will dis- 

tinctly recall exclaiming “A real artist, 

and pretty and slender at the same time!” 

But one ventures to guess that not many 

of them remembered, after they left the 

opera house, that the little singer’s name 
was Felice Lyne. 

Be that as it may, however, there is no 
good American now who is guilty of such 
ignorance; for when, early in the winter, 
Miss Lyne made her début in the intricate 
role of Gilda in Rigoletto, and set all 
London talking, the news was speedily 
flashed to this country too, and set all New 
York talking, and all Boston and Chicago 
and San Francisco. Everybody on this 
side of the water was glad that it was 
given to an American to save Mr. Hammer- 
stein’s invasion of London from failure 
—for it was generally believed that a 
real miracle was necessary to save it. 

Miss Lyne’s successes have not been 
confined to the Hammerstein Opera House. 
On February 4th, she sang in the Albert 
Hall, and in this larger atmosphere the 
little American won an even greater tri- 
umph than had come her way before. A 
huge audience gave her twelve recalls; 
and the occurrence was recorded as one of 
the very greatest successes in the history 
of that famous concert hall. 

Miss Lyne was born just twenty years 
ago in Missouri. Her parents are now 
living very simply and plainly in Allen- 
town, Pa. 

Five years ago, when she was fifteen 


years old, she began to sing a few simple 
ballads. The next year she began train- 
ing her voice, and by September, 1907, 
she was in Paris, where she stayed three 
years. Her rendering of Lisbeth in “Hans 
the Flute Player,” in New York, was her 
first real work on the stage, and with this 
experience she returned to Paris to perfect 
herself in the prima donna rdles, in which 
she captivated the London opera goers. 
Her voice is rich and full-toned, and her 
small stature — she weighs only a hundred 
pounds — especially adapts her for most 
of her characters. 

Perhaps the most remarkable thing 
about her success is the tremendous 
amount of work that she has done in the 
four years from the time she first arrived 
in Paris. To become familiar with in- 
strumental music, to learn the French and 
Italian languages, and to perfect fifteen 
prima donna parts while mastering one 
of the most difficult arts in the world, is 
a tremendous task, for the most robust 
woman, and a marvel for a girl to ac- 
complish between sixteen and twenty 
years of age. 

Miss Lyne’s success comes at an oppor- 
tune moment to swell the steacily growing 
list of American singers of the first rank. - 
Madame Eames, of Philadelphia, was one 
of the first American women to take her 
place among the internationally recog- 
nized interpreters of the world’s great 
music. Madame Nordica, of Maine, 
joined her in this group of famous singers. 
Madame Schumann-Heink became Ameri- 
can by adoption — and named one of her 
sons George Washington in token of her 
naturalization. Mr. Richard Martin, of 
Kentucky, is included in the brief list of 
the greatest living tenors. Miss Lyne, 
of Missouri, is the last to join the com- 
pany of these great voices. Her success 
is another bit of evidence of a real growth 
in American appreciation of music. 








CHINA AS A REPUBLIC 


THE MOST MOMENTOUS PROBLEM IN GOVERNMENT NOW FACED BY ANY PEOPLE — 
THE GREAT FORCES THAT PULL BACK AND THAT PUSH FORWARD 


BY 


PROFESSOR T. TYENAGA 


PROFESSORIAL LECTURER IN POLITICAL SCIENCE, UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO, A LEARNED AND SYMPATHETIC STUDENT OF ORIENTAL AFFAIRS 


EFORE a stable government is 
established in China, many ex- 
pected, many more unexpected, 
events must occur. No wise 
prophet, therefore, will risk his 

reputation by prediction about China. 
There are, of course, in the midst of the 
capricious turns of the kaleidoscope of 
fortune, certain fundamental principles 
governing the growth of political institu- 
tions, from which China cannot free 
herself if she would. With these prin- 
ciples as his guide, and with a strictly 
neutral attitude toward Imperialists and 
Republicans, the writer makes here a 
modest attempt to weigh the impending 
question: Is China ready for a republic? 
Although China has been under a 
monarchical form of government since 
the beginning of its history, that govern- 
ment is very different from a consistent, 
continuous monarchy, like, for instance, 
that of Japan. Over Japan there has 
reigned a House unbroken in its lineage 
since the foundation of the nation. And 
the people in all times have given to the 
ruling House the most _ unswerving 
allegiance. China, on the other hand, 
has had many changes of dynasties. The 
House of Chou reigned 800 years, that of 
Han 400, that of Tang 300, that of Sung 
300, that of Yuan 8o, that of Ming 300. 
The House of Ching — the present dynasty 
—has already reigned for 267 years. 
These changes of dynasties were accepted, 
or acquiesced in, by the people on the 
ground that the rulers were ordained by 
Heaven, that the outgoing House had, 
by its misrule, forfeited its sovereign 
rights, and that the incoming House, 
by dint of wisdom, knowledge, and power 
—the emblems of a _ sovereign — had 
gained the title of the “Son of Heaven.” 


The first three great monarchs of China 
were Yao, Choen, and Yu. They were 
the philosopher kings, upon whose model 
is cast the political system of Confucius. 
They are the fixed stars by which all the 
succeeding generations of Chinese states- 
men have guided the ship of state. When 
Wu Ting Fang and his associates demand 
the abdication of the boy Emperor Pu-yi, 
whatever new and radical ideas they 
may have in their heads, they cannot 
help harking back to the example of those 
ancient sage emperors. 

When the Emperor Yao’s reign was 
nearing its close, he named as his successor 
not his son, but Choen, another sage. 
Choen at first declined to accept the offer. 
But when he saw the lords and commons 
shouting their acclamations, not to the 
son of Yao but to himself; Choen finally 
ascended the throne, exclaiming, “It is 
Heaven who appoints me.” 

The Emperor Choen followed the same 
course, and bequeathed the crown to 
Yu, another sage. The nomination, of 
a king by the acclamation of the people, 
is, in principle, not many miles apart from 
that of the election of a president by 
the votes of the people. In later history 
hereditary succession became the rule, and 
the mode of nominating an emperor by 
public acclamation was seldom resorted to. 
But the principle that the king is for the 
people, that his tenure of office rests upon 
the performance of the kingly virtues 
with which he has been commissioned by 
Heaven to rule, and that he who oppresses 
by tyranny brings down upon himself 
the penalty of dethronement or death 
—all this was never lost sight of. For 
this reason “China has, not inaptly, been 
described as a democracy living under a 
theocracy.” In such a country, it might 








CHINA AS A REPUBLIC 


be urged that the replacement of a Mon- 
archy with a Republic is not an impossible 
task. 

No class of hereditary aristocracy, as 
that of England or Japan, existed in 
China, with the exceptions of a few 
princes of the Imperial blood, the descen- 
dants of Confucius, and those of the states- 
men who crushed the Taiping Rebellion. 
The rulers, the so-called mandarins, from 
the highest to the humblest district 
officers, are democratic in origin. They 
too have had to pass that portal of com- 
petitive examination which is equally 
open to all. In fact, the great sustain- 
ing principle of the Chinese State is 
singularly like that of the American 
democracy. There is no position under 
“the Son of Heaven” to which men of 
the humblest origin may not aspire, or 
which from time to time they have not 
reached. 

The extraordinary duration and sta- 
bility of the Chinese nation must have 
depended largely upon its remarkable 
self-governing capacity. The germ cell 
of China’s political organism is the family. 
Upon this base is built up the edifice of 
the State. As each family is governed 
in accordance with its own immemorial 
customs, so each village, a composite 
of families, is governed likewise by its 
headman and elders. A number of vil- 
lages and towns grouped together make 
a district, which is the unit of the Chinese 
administrative system. At its head is the 
Chib-hsien, or district magistrate, who 
combines in his person various function- 
aries of a modern municipality. But 
most of the business of the district is con- 
ducted by its elders and headmen nomi- 
nated by the Chib-hsien. A group of dis- 
tricts forms a prefecture, whose head is 
the Chi-fu, or prefect. All these admin- 
istrative divisions combined constitute 
a province, which is under a governor. 
Some provinces are grouped together 
under a _ governor-general or viceroy. 
But every village, every district, every 
province, every viceroyalty, is self- 
contained and autonomous. 

Over this structure of state is super- 
imposed the Imperial Government of 
Peking. Its motto, however, has been, 





797 


“let well enough alone.” It was satis- 
fied when the contributions allotted to 
each province were forthcoming, when 
peace and order reigned within them. So 
it will be observed that the chief difference 
between the Chinese system of local 
government and that of the United States 
is that in China all local officers, from the 
Chih-hsien to the viceroy, are appointed, 
and degraded, directly or indirectly, by 
the Throne, not by the people. Even 
this distinction, however, loses its sharp- 
ness when it is remembered that public 
opinion in China, rudely expressed as 
it was, often forced the Throne to remove 
and replace the unpopular official. 

Another fact that illustrates the strik- 
ing development of the Chinese self- 
governing instinct is in their power of 
combination, seen in the organization of 
their secret societies. China is honey- 
combed with these secret societies. 
The seventeen most prominent. ones 
have a membership of more than six 
millions. And if the article written by a 
revolutionist, published in the Chugat 
Shogyo of Japan, November, 19i1, can 
be relied upon, it seems that it has been 
through the agency of these societies that 
the present revolution was begun and 
has been engineered. And herein is the 
very explanation of the marvelous swift- 
ness of the movement which has. sur- 
prised the Western critics. The plans of 
the conflagration had already been mapped 
out. It needed but a match to set the fire 
ablaze. 

Another element in the social and com- 
mercial life that demonstrates the co- 
hesive power of the Chinese is their 
guild system. It is this that upholds 
their commercial integrity. These guilds, 
long before the advent of postal and bank- 
ing systems, had carried on the operations 
of letter exchange, money orders, and 
banking. 

Briefly then, it seems likely that China, 
because of her talent and experience in 
self-government, would have no trouble 
in setting up republican government in 
her separate states. “The real difficulty 
begins,” as Archibald Colquhoun, in the 
Fortnightly Review of December, 1911, 
points out, “when we try to provide 








708 
the connecting link to federate these states 
into a homogeneous whole.”’ 


I] 


When we turn to the other side of the 
question, however, we at once discover 
that all is by no means smooth sailing. 
The leaders of the revolution are indeed 
confronted with tremendous problems: 

1. Can the monarchical idea in China 
be wiped out of existence or replaced by 
the republican idea without disrupting 
the nation? 

For centuries the monarchical idea 
has been the dominant principle of China. 
Although it is true that China’s imperial 
idea was to a certain extent colored with 
the democratic, it is a hundred times truer 
that the Chinese emperor was not looked 
upon by the people from the same stand- 
point as a president would be. The 
emperor was regarded as_ semi-divine, 
the “Son of Heaven,” representing the 
Deity and ruling the people in His behalf. 
He was the Patriarch of the great patri- 
archal state; the Father and High Priest 
of the people. In short, the “Son of 
Heaven” “was the focussing point in the 
social, religious, and political life of China.” 

In a delightful grove in the south- 
eastern quarter of the Chinese city of 
Peking there is an altar, the most remark- 
able of its kind in the world. It is the 
sacred “Altar of Heaven.” It has no 
shrine, no pagoda on the top of it, its 
colonnade is formed by the cedars and 
cypresses of the grove which surrounds it; 
and the dome of this spotless white marble 
pedestal is the blue sky. In the centre of 
this roofless rotunda there is one marble 
slab which is regarded as the centre of 
the universe. It was on this central disk 
that the emperor has been wont to 
prostrate himself to worship the In- 
visible Deity under the blue arch of heaven, 
and to pray for the welfare of his people. 
It was the most solemn and impressive 
ceremonial -known in China. It was 
symbolical of the trust that the “Son 
of Heaven” has received from On High 
to rule his people as a father rules his 
children. 

China is not, as a matter of fact, a reli- 
gious nation. Nevertheless, it is worthy 


THE WORLD’S WORK 


of note that for all her materialism she has 
founded her whole philosophy of life 
on an ethical or moral basis.. And the 
corner stone of the foundation was the 
imperial idea. Upon it rests Confucian- 
ism, upon which China in turn has rested 
for ages. The five relationships of Con- 
fucius —the “highest good’’+ of China’s 
ethics — i. e., sovereign and subject, father 
and son, husband and wife, elder and 
junior, and the relation existing between 
friends — put the monarchical idea over all. 
The moral forces that governed Chinese 
society, ensuring peace and order, were 
filial piety, loyalty to the sovereign, 
reverence for the past, respect for age 
and seniority, and faithfulness to one’s 
friends. When’ we scrutinize these 
principles and compare them with the 
Western democratic principles, it becomes 
immediately apparent that most of 
them are poles apart from those of 
the West. Can a national organism 
throw away in a day the vital prin- 
ciples by which it has lived for centuries, 
and at the same instant replace them 
with those that are alien? Can a nation 
stand such a cataclysm without disruption? 

Furthermore, “the root idea of demo- 
cratic government is that of individual 
responsibility and liberty”; but individ- 
ualism is a theory which is entirely foreign 
to the Chinese. The unit of Chinese 
society is not the individual, but the 
family, and it is to be remembered that 
the Chinese family includes the dead as 
well as the living. It is built upon, and 
sustained by, ancestor worship. Can the 
theories of individualism grow in such 
a soil within a night? I have said that 
Chinese society is democratic; but China 
has not been democratic in a _ political 
sense. Her polity has been monarchical, 
and well has it fitted to the genius of 
the nation. 

Would not disintegration set in if the 
chain that links China into a_ whole 
were broken? The London Saturday 
Review of December 19, 1911, asks 
these pertinent questions: “Is it con- 
ceivable that Mongolia, Tibet, and Turke- 
stan —to say nothing of Manchuria — 
would remain members of a state which 
had lost the emblem of cohesion implied 











CHINA AS A REPUBLIC 


in the imperial concept? Or are the 
‘United States of China’ to consist of the 
eighteen provinces only, and the great 
dependencies to be held to their allegiance 
by force if they demur? But is it likely 
that even the eighteen provinces would 
cohere in the absence of the traditional 
link? The Cantonese might accept Sun 
Yat-sen as president of a republic, but 
would the provinces north of the Yangtsze 
agree?”’” In face of the common enemy, 
the Manchus, and to effect their downfall, 
the leaders of the North and South might 
hit on a compromise. But how long 
would such a patch-work last? These 
questions are not easy of solution for the 
republicans. 

2. The second problem that confronts the 
leaders of the revolution is this: Is 
China fitted to become a republic? 

Montesquieu’s axiom that a big country 
is not fit for a republic is inapplicable at 
the present day to such a country as the 
United States, because the phenomenal 
development of the means of communi- 
cation has abridged space and time. But 
the axiom might easily be applied in the 
case of China. The eighteen provinces 
alone are enormous, and the means of 
communication are extremely poor. The 
total mileage of the railroads already built 
within the eighteen provinces does not 
exceed 2,700. This is only half of the 
railroad mileage of Japan, a country that 
is not larger than one of the Chinese prov- 
inces, Sze-Chuen. The state of Illinois, one 
fourth the size of Sze-chuen, has five times 
as many railroads as the entire China 
proper. It takes from thirty to forty 
days to reach Chengtu from Hankow. 
A candidate for the presidency of China 
might require at least three years for a 
campaign tour, if he cared to visit every 
important town of the country. 

Again, there is a great difference in 
speech, characteristics, even customs and 
manners, among the Chinese of different 
localities. So numerous and_ different 
are the languages and dialects spoken 
within the confines of the Middle Kingdom 
that, as has been humorously said, they 
can furnish a new tongue for every day 
of the year. A Cantonese cannot under- 
stand a Pekingese. To be intelligible to 


7°09 


one another they must use the Mandarin 
dialect or some foreign tongue that is 
known to both. Nor are they any too 
friendly with one another. “To a native 
of Chihli a Cantonese is more a foreigner 
than a Manchu.” This illustrates how 
extremely provincial the Chinese are. 
And there are such contradictions and 
inconsistencies in the institutions of dif- 
ferent sections of China that a wit has 
said, “One never can tell the truth about 
China without telling a lie at the same 
time.” This lack of homogeneity in 
speech, character, and institutions among 
the Chinese, is not necessarily an im- 
passable barrier to the adoption of a 
republic, but must inevitably act as a 
great drawback. 

3. The third great problem is this: Are 
the Chinese prepared to operate a re- 
public? 

Let us see to what extent China is 
provided with some of the indispensable 
requisites for the successful working of a 
republican form of government. 

One of the requisites is a universal 
popular press. Within the past decade 
newspapers in China have increased with 
amazing rapidity. In Peking alone, which 
had no papers except the Official Gazette 
in 1902, there are to-day sixteen dailies. 
Most surprising of all, one of the papers 
is edited by a woman! The total number 
of dailies, periodicals, and magazines 
published in the entire empire is 314. 
Since the opening of local assemblies 
and the Tzu Cheng Yuan (or Senate), 
speeches also have begun to be heard in 
the land of Confucius, where public 
speaking was heretofore looked upon as 
a sure sign of madness, or was considered 
at the least bad manners. But, after all, 
these are only voices crying in the wilder- 
ness. The Chinese press, however strik- 
ing its growth, sinks into insignificance 
when compared with the 20,500 dailies, 
weeklies, and monthlies of the United 
States. China is far from being ade- 
quately equipped with the organs of 
public opinion necessary to run the 
machinery of a republican government for 
her people, which are five times as numer- 
ous as America’s. 

Another difficulty in the path of the 





i 
i 
Ni 
i 
i 
f 





710 THE WORLD’S WORK 


republicans is the extreme poverty of the 
Chinese masses. It is not a pleasant 
task for a Japanese, whose country itself 
is hard pressed by lack of wealth, to point 
out the poverty of the Chinese. It 
is, nevertheless, true that China’s 
millions are to-day barely keeping them- 
selves alive. The average wage of a day 
laborer is from five to ten cents of 
American money. And fortunate would 
it be if all China’s workers could get 
this pittance. The brilliant author of 
“Chinese Characteristics’ is not indul- 
ging in witticism when he says, “A 
Chinaman with two American dimes per 
day coming in will be well fed, well clothed, 
well housed, will smoke more opium than 
is good for him, and will be able to indulge 
in theatre-going and other social extrava- 
gances to his heart’s content.” 

The Chinese are a hard working people, 
skilled in the arts and crafts, and endowed 
with remarkable commercial abilities. 
Why, then, is this gifted people condemned 
to live so close to the edge of mere sub- 
sistencerP Their family system has truly 
been a snare. The author of “The 
Changing Chinese” rightly finds in it the 
cause of China’s poverty. And he sees 
no hope for the speedy amelioration of 
conditions. “Misunderstanding the true 
cause of our (Western) success,” writes 
Professor Ross, “their naive intellectuals, 
who have traveled or studied abroad, 
often imagine that a wholesale adoption 
of Western methods and _ institutions 
would, almost at once, lift their country- 
men to the plane of wealth, power, and 
popular intelligence, occupied by the 
leading peoples of the West. Now, the 
fact is that if, by the waving of a wand, 
all Chinese could be turned into eager 
progressives willing to borrow every good 
thing, it’ would still be long before the 
individual Chinaman could attain the 
efficiency, comfort, and social and political 
value of the West European or American. 
; It may easily take the rest of 
this century to overcome ancestor wor- 
ship, early marriage, the passion for big 
families, and the inferior position of the 
wife.” This able writer may have taken 
a too <listant view, but it is certain that 
much time is needed to bring about that 


material well-being of the Chinese which 
will place the individual in a position fit 
to exercise the responsibilities imposed 
on him by a republican government. 
It might, then, be interesting to see 
what proportion of the people has received 
modern training. 

The latest statistics compiled by the 
Ministry of Education of China give 
1,626,720 as the number of students in 
52,650 Government schools of the empire, 
besides 102,000 in christian schools. These 
include the students of common schools. 
From other sources it is learned that the 
Chinese students studying last year in 
Europe numbered about 500, those in 
the United States 717, and those in Japan 
about 1,500, giving a total of 2,717. The 
number of Chinese students in Japan 
has recently decreased considerably, for 
there were at one time more than 8,000. 
Estimating most liberally, we may say 
that those who have studied abroad 
within the last ten years number about 
a quarter of a million, and those who have 
studied at home and finished their modern 
education two millions more. As there are, 
however, many who have gained the new 
knowledge through translated books, and 
especially through the influence of several 
thousands of missionaries during many 
years past, it is fair to count the so-called 
middle or educated class, capable of 
running a republic, as numbering five 
millions. And as Archibald Colquhoun puts 
it: “The proportion of foreign-trained 
and educated is a mere drop in the bucket 
in the four hundred millions of China’s 
estimated population.”” Can that drop 
leaven the whole mass? Can a republic 
be run by a people of whom but 1 per cent. 
is educated in the art of its government? 

The writer is not asserting that the 
Chinese are an ignorant, illiterate people. 
Far from it. They have developed a 
wonderful literature of their own, and 
the standard of their literacy is not below 
that of some modern nations. What he 
would emphasize here is the small pro- 
portion of those who are versed in the 
new learning; and that this is the only 
portion which is of any avail in the work- 
ing of a republican form of government. 
Knowledge of the old literature counts 














CHINA AS A REPUBLIC 


for nothing in the present instance; but 
will rather militate against the diffusion 
of republican ideas. 

I] am one of those who have a firm faith 
in China’s future. As her past has been 
glorious, so we expect her future to be 
no less great. When we look back upon 
the past of this hoary empire, there is 
majesty in it that commands respect. 
China saw her foundation stone laid 
before the pyramids were built. She had 
already developed her own civilization, 
her admirable ethics, her voluminous 
literature, her practical art, with a modi- 
cum of science, when the ancestors of 
modern Anglo-Saxons were roving with 
painted faces in the woods and swamps 
of Scandinavia. Years ago China blessed 
with the fruits of her civilization the inhab- 
itants of the neighboring lands and islands. 
Her mighty sceptre often held sway over 
almost the whole of Asia, and extended its 
authority even to the banks of the Danube. 
To her, emissaries of European monarchs 
have often done the homage of Kow-tow; 
at her feet the Slavs, ancestors of modern 
Russians, have knelt as they offered 
tribute. During her long life China has 
witnessed kingdoms and empires rise and 
fall; nation upon nation come into being, 
wax, and wane, then disappear. And 
still she stands. True, she has seen 
many revolutions and changes of dynasties, 
and has sometimes bowed to the yoke of 
the foreigner, but invariably has she 
absorbed the foreign elements into her 
own civilization, and obliged them to 
observe her traditions. Will history re- 
peat itself? Or will China succumb this 
time to the impact of ideas so alien, of out- 
side influences so overmastering? The 
answer to this question depends upon the 
time given for the readjustment of China’s 
institutions, and upon the wisdom with 
which it is utilized. 

China ought to have proceeded slowly 
and cautiously. Especially as concerns 
the change of political institutions. Noth- 
ing is more regrettable than that the 
blindness and incompetence of the Manchu 
rulers should have driven the steady, 
conservative people, in order to effect 
the overthrow of an alien rule, to adopt 
the extreme measure of trying the most 


71) 


hazardous experiment, one which, if it 
fails, will lead the country to disruption, 
to anarchy, or to foreign intervention. 
When we consider how short has been 
the time given for constitutional develop- 
ment in China, we are justified in having 
grave doubts as to the success of a repub- 
lican régime. In Japan, similar in culture 
and tradition to China, constitutional 
government was the free grant of the 
emperor after a long period of national 
preparation. Fully twenty years were 
devoted to making ready for the new 
political institutions. And the success 
that has been attained is largely due to 
the steadying influence of the Throne. 
In China not only is that centripetal 
power now lost, but the history of constitu- 
tion making has the span of only six years. 
It was at the close of the Russo-Japanese 
War that the definite movement toward 
a constitution began. In December, 1905, 
a commission was sent abroad to study 
the workings of constitutional govern- 
ments. On its return it reported in favor 
of granting a constitution. This was 
approved by the Empress Dowager. How 
sound was that remarkable ruler in her 
political perception, is proved by the 
part of the edict which said: “At present 
no definite plan has been decided upon, 
and the people are not educated enough 
for a constitution; if we adopt one hastily 
and regardless of the circumstances, it 
will be nothing more than a paper con- 
stitution.”’ So she outlined the necessary 
steps which must precede constitutional 
government. In 1906, Yuan Shih-kai 
gave the representative idea its first test 
by organizing a municipal government in 
Tientsin. On this model, provincial as- 
semblies were formed, and have been 
sitting since 1909. 

In the meantime the question of a 
National Assembly was greatly agitated 
until the edict of August, 1908, fixed 1917 
as the time for the first summoning of a 
parliament. The programme of prepara- 
tion for a constitutional régime outlined 
by the Empress Dowager was announced 
to consist in a reform of the official system, 
careful and minute revision of the laws, 
the promotion of universal education, 
regulation of the finances and sources of 








712 


revenue, reform of the currency, reorgani- 
zation of the army, and the establishment 
of an efficient police system throughout 
the empire. Only after these reforms, 
so indispensable for the successful work- 
ing of a constitutional government, had 
been. fairly well established, should the 
new régime have been inaugurated. But 
most of these great reforms remained on 
paper; none was executed in earnest. 
What only was heeded was the agitation 
for the speedy opening of the Parliament, 
and the short period of nine years of pre- 
paration was in 1910 further shortened to 
three. As the embryo of the future 
national assembly, the Tzu Cheng Yuan, 
composed of 200 members, was organized 
and convened in October, 1910. When 
it met last year for the second time, while 
its members busied themselves in foolish 
debate, the fire of revolution broke out at 
Wuchang. 

Such is the short story of constitution- 
making in China. No one who believes 
in the evolution of political institutions 
will ever be so rash as to affirm that the 
Chinese are prepared for a_ republic. 
Even were it to be tried, as is likely, to 
imagine that it would be operated in 
China as it is in America would be to 
allow oneself to indulge in the most im- 
possible of dreams. 

After all the foregoing considerations, 
we are led to the conclusion that the- 
oretically a limited monarchy, with a 
strong central government, capable of 
guiding the people, would have been the 
best for China. But unfortunately the 
day for an academic discussion is past. 
We are face to face with practical politics. 
Assuming a preference for monarchy in 
the abstract, what alternative but the 
trial of a republic was there to a dynasty 
whose authority had ceased to be? The 
downfall of the Ta’Ching Dynasty was 
for some time a foregone conclusion. Its 
fate was decided when it recalled Yuan 
Shih-kai from exile, or, even earlier, at 
the death of the Empress Dowager, who 
seemed to have had a faint intimation 
of “after me the deluge.”’ The fall of the 
Manchus is the fault of no one but of 
themselves. Had they been able to put 
forward another ruler of the capacity and 


THE WORLD’S WORK 


energy of the Empress Dowager, the old 
régime might have had a longer lease of 
life. But after her death, not only was 
there no one to succeed her, but the 
Manchus completely forgot the cause 
of their power. It was by military 
ascendancy that they were able to conquer 
the Middle Kingdom 300 years ago; 
and it was by military prestige that a 
small number of Manchus had been able 
to exact since then the loyalty of 
400,000,000 Chinese. By all means, then, 
ought the Manchus to have upheld 
their authority. Their death-knell was 
sounded when they, through the mouth 
of the boy emperor, went begging before 
the people for the forgiveness of their 
past sins, and when, by their making 
of Yuan Shih-kai, a Chinese, the master 
of the situation, and investing him with 
the supreme command of military forces, 
they confessed that there was none among 
them who could rescue their House from 
falling. 

If the Manchu régime is extinct, what 
next? Whatever the future, there is yet 
no Chinese Napoleon, strong and daring 
enough to replace the fallen dynasty. 
The exit to the dilemma is, in consequence, 
only to be found in the trial of a republic. 
After all, however, for China it matters 
not what kind of label she shall put on 
her form of government. The truth 
remains — China cannot be metamor- 
phosed by a miracle within a twinkling of 
theeye. It is against the law of evolution. 
A constitutional nation may not be born 
in a day. Were this not true, the pages 
of history must be blank and science a 
lie. We would better close our schools. 
We would better bury our scientists alive, 
as did the first Unifier of China, the 
Builder of her Great Wall, with his 3,000 
sages. 

In the case of China, just as a republic 
is not necessarily the panacea for all 
evils, so is an imbecile monarchy to be 
condemned. The imperious need for her 
is the establishment of a_ strong central 
government, whether republican or mon- 
archical, which will, with ruthless hand, 
give peace, order, and unity to the 
distracted country. Cana republic succeed 
in doing this, and so justify its existence? 











OUR STUPENDOUS YEARLY WASTE 


SECOND ARTICLE 
THE DEATH TOLL OF INDUSTRY 


THE TENS OF THOUSANDS KILLED AND 


INJURED BY THE RAILROADS, IN 


ACCIDENTS IN COAL MINES, AND BY OCCUPATIONAL DISEASES 


FRANK KOESTER 


(AUTHOR OF ‘“ HYDRO-ELECTRIC DEVELOPMENTS AND ENGINEERING”’ AND ‘‘ STEAM-ELECTRIC POWER PLANTS’’) 


NOTHER unnecessary waste 
is the wholesale slaughter of 
human beings by the rail- 
roads and in the industries, 
and the vast amount of pre- 

ventable injuries, poisoning, and disease, 
levying their hourly toll all over the 
country. 

In the daily battle of transporting itself 
about the city of New York, the popu- 
lation of that place is reduced by 350 a 
year killed and 2700 injured. In other 
words, of all those who start out to ride 
on any given day, by night one will be 
dead and three hurt; the price of inefficient 
transporation. 

The yearly cost of this inefficiency to 
the transportation companies amounts 
to about $2,500,000 in damages and 
$1,000,000 in legal expenses, while to 
the public the cost is vastly greater, since, 
of the damages they receive at least half 
are consumed in legal expenses, while the 
amount recovered in no case amounts to 
a very large proportion of the actual loss. 
The inefficiency in preventing accidents 
and the inefficiency of the method of 
adjusting damages thus fasten themselves 
on the public in the shape of heavy loss of 
life and limb; a loss which, on the part of 
the companies, amounts to 9 per cent. of 
their running expenses. The maintenance 
of a vast horde of lawyers, who otherwise 
would be engaged in useful occupations, is 
another great drain. 

The transportation situation in New 
York is duplicated in more or less magni- 
tude in cities all over the country. 

In railroad transportation and in the 


industries, the situation is even more 
appalling. In 1910, 8,531 were killed and 
102,075 injured, a total ranking with the 
great battles of history. 

The figures compiled by the Interstate 
Commerce Commission, in its Accident 
Bulletin, showed 1,058 killed and 14,179 
injured in railroads and 7,473 killed and 
80,427 injured in the industries. 

To illustrate how large a proportion of 
this is preventable, the exceptionally 
hazardous coal mining industry may be 
taken as an example. 

A bulletin of the Bureau of Labor, for 
September, 1910, shows the casualties for 
the 20 year period ending 1908 as follows: 

“Among an annual average of 471,145 
employees for the 20 year period, there 
occurred, as far as officially reported, 
29,293 fatal accidents, or an average of 
1,465 per annum, resulting in a fatal rate 
of 3.11 per 1,000. If the decade ending 
with 1906 is separately considered, it 
appears that the average fatality rate was 
3.13 per 1,000. 

“According to statistics,.the risk of 
fatal accident in the coal mines of North 
America is decidedly more serious than 
in any part of any other coal field in the 
world. Considering the constant growth 
of the mining industry on this continent, 
an increase measured by an enhanced 
output in the United States alone from 
253,741,192 tons in 1899 to 415,842,608 
tons in 1908, or 64 per cent., the excess 
in the mining fatality rate is plainly a 
matter of most serious national concern. 

“The accident rate for the North Amer- 
ican coal mines has gradually increased 








a ms 


be esac odao Sane mR Ca sar aN ITPA 


eaten oe 








714 THE WORLD’S WORK 


from an average of 2.66 per 1,000 during 
the first five years of the 20 year period to 
an average of 3.58 per 1,000 during the last. 

“The fluctuations in the rates from year 
to year are shown to have been consid- 
erable. The maximum was attained in 
1907 when the rate reached 4.15 per 1,000 
against a minimum in 1897 of 2.32. 

“The true elements of risk of coal 
mining in North America are not, however, 
fully disclosed by the returns for the coal 
fields as a whole. More startling con- 
ditions exist, if particular coal areas are 
considered, for in these the hazards are 
much greater, so that if they were reduced 
to the general level the rate would fall 
quickly.” 

The New York Times of September 17, 
1911, states, in referring to the mining in- 
dustry, including metal as well as coal 
mines: 

“Thirty thousand miners killed in the 
United States in the last ten years. 

“Seventy-five thousand miners injured, 
many of them maimed for life, in the 
same period. 

“Eleven thousand widows made by the 
deaths of the miners. 

“Thirty thousand children left father- 
less. 

“It is the story of the tragedy of the 
mines, but not the whole story. If the 
mines of the United States during the ten 
years had had the same standards of 
safety as in European countries; if the 
United States had killed two in every 
thousand employed, instead of three, four 
or five, 15,000 of the 30,000 of the Amer- 
ican miners killed might be living to-day; 
40,000 out of the 75,000 injured might 
have escaped injury, 5,500 widows might 
not have been widows and 15,000 orphan 
children might still have fathers.” 

In addition to the vast totals of acci- 
dents of a sanguinary nature, there is an 
enormous loss through poisoning and con- 
sequent loss and shortening of the lives 
of those engaged in certain occupations. 

Among them is the lead industry, con- 
cerning which Paul P. Peirce in the North 
American Review of October, 1911, in an 
article entitled “Industrial Diseases,” 
states: 

“Lead poisoning was made the chief 


objective of the Illinois Commission on 
Occupational Diseases. They diseovered, 
in that state, twenty-eight industries in 
which this form of poisoning is a factor; 
but the great majority of cases were 
chargeable to five industries, viz: white- 
lead manufacturing, lead smelting and 
refining, making storage batteries, making 
dry colors and paints, and the painters’ 
trade. The last was found to be numer- 
ically the most important lead trade in the 
state of Illinois, employing probably 
30,000 men. 

“In the absence of adequate statistics 
and research, the actual amount of sick- 
ness and death among the industrial 
population must be a matter of scientific 
conjecture. With German sickness insur- 
ance as a basis, Dr. F. K. Hoffman, of the 
Prudential Life Insurance Company, has 
attempted an estimate of the amount and 
cost of sickness among our industrial 
workers in 1910. Placing the number of 
persons gainfully employed at 33,500,000 
and assuming the same sickness rate as is 
found in Germany, he finds that the num- 
ber of cases of sickness among these work- 
ers last year must have been 13,400,000; 
the aggregate number of days of sickness 
284,750,000; the loss of wages not less 
than $366,107,145; the medical cost 
$284,750,000; the loss through change of 
workers in industry on account of sickness, 
$122,035,715, making a total economic loss 
among the industrial class of $772,892,860 
for the year. Of this total, German ex- 
perience indicates that no less than one- 
fourth is due to preventable causes, a 
needless loss of $193,223,215. In fact, it 
is thought that the sickness rate here is 
somewhat higher than in Germany, and 
consequently that the above estimates 
are too low. Moreover, these figures 
take no account of permanent invalidity 
and excessive mortality involved in present 
industrial conditions; and Doctor Hoffman 
places the number of deaths among Amer- 
ican wage-earners last year at 330,500, of 
which no less than one fourth were clearly 
preventable. Nor do any of these figures 
take account of the handicap which indus- 
trial disease and premature death imposes 
upon the posterity of the worker.” 

Counting it up in dollars and cents, the 


’ 








OUR STUPENDOUS YEARLY WASTE 


Department of Commerce and Labor 
shows the losses due to tuberculosis, a 
largely preventable disease, the principal 
steps in the prevention of which should be 
taken by the legislators of the various 
states. 

“The average length of human life in 
different countries varies from less than 
twenty-five to more than fifty years. 
This span of life is increasing wherever 
sanitary science and preventive medicine 
is applied. It may be greatly extended. 

“Our annual mortality from tubercul- 
osis is about 150,000. Stopping three- 
fourths of the loss of life from this cause, 
and from typhoid and other prevalent 
and preventable diseases, would increase 
our average length of life over fifteen years. 

“There are constantly about 3,000,000 
persons seriously ill in the United States, 
of whom 500,000 are consumptives. More 
than half of this illness is preventable. 

“If we count the value of each life lost 
as only $1700 and reckon the average earn- 
ings lost by illness at $700 per year for 
grown men, we find that the economic gain 
from mitigation of preventable diseases 
in the United- States would exceed 
$1,500,000,000 a year. In addition we 
would decrease suffering and increase hap- 
piness and contentment among the people. 
This gain, or the lengthening and strength- 
ening of life which it measures, can be 
secured through medical investigation 
and practice, school and factory hygiene, 
restriction of labor by women and chil- 
dren, the education of the people in both 
public and private hygiene, and through 
improving the efficiency of our health 
service, municipal, state, and national.” 

On the subject of factory sanitation 
and labor protection, the Department of 
Commerce and Labor says further: 

“The miserable hygienic conditions ex- 
isting in the working places of some 
industries, for example, are unjust to the 
working classes, and sometimes react 
with frightful results upon the public. 
Under the influence of long continued work 
under unsanitary conditions, the physiques 
of the workmen, and especially those 
employed in factories, often show more or 
less characteristic marks. The height is 
usually below the medium; the body, 


715 


thin and weak, is poorly nourished and of 
sickly paleness. This condition is called 
lymphatic or anaemic. The spiritual and 
moral life may likewise become inactive 
and apathetic. Even the strongest fac- 
tory workers under such conditions become 
more or less exhausted before they reach 
55 or 60 years of age. Often they are 
completely wasted and utterly unfit for 
work at that age. Many of those who 
work in spinning mills, cloth-printing 
establishments, and in general plants 
where there is an extra high tempera- 
ture and lack of pure air are cut off 
prematurely. 

“Women suffer even more than men 
from the stress of such circumstances, 
and more readily degenerate. A woman’s 
body is unable to withstand strains, 
fatigues, and privations as well as a man’s. 
This makes her condition all the worse 
because her wages are correspondingly 
smaller. The diseases which most fre- 
quently afflict the working class are a 
disturbance of the nutritive and blood- 
making processes. Weavers, spinners, and 
workmen employed in branches of indus- 
try where work is done in close, poorly 
ventilated cold or hot rooms, are especially 
subject to these diseases. 

“Among the diseases to which the 
workmen of this class are subjected most 
often are the so-called inanition, scrofula, 
rachitis, pulmonary consumption, dropsy, 
also rheumatic troubles, pleurisy, typhoid 
fever, gangrene, and the various skin 
diseases. 

“Every epidemic, be it typhoid, small- 
pox, scarlet fever, dysentery, cholera, etc., 
draws its great army from this class. For 
every death that occurs among the richer 
and higher classes, there are many in the 
working class. It is the workmen en- 
gaged in unhealthy factories first of all 
who fill the hospitals and their death 
chambers. Again, it is more often the 
working woman who suffers from female 
troubles, and even cancer. The reasons 
for the high mortality and shortness of 
life among the working class can easily 
be perceived from the foregoing facts. 
These two evils are always proportionate 
to the danger and the unsanitary con- 
ditions existing in the industry.” 











OO A BMS ERT 0h EE CREB RE Ht OTTO! 


EME. SOR A, 


TWO VIEWS OF THE ‘“‘BACK TO THE 
LAND” MOVEMENT 


I. “GO SLOW” 


BY 


one 


AM watching with keen concern, | 

may say with distress, this literary, 

on paper, “ Back to the Land”’ move- 

ment. I am especially interested 

because I have done it myself, not 
on paper but on the land, and not only 
have | done it myself but | have watched 
other people do it — middle-class city 
folk, like myself, with the standards and 
habits of a city-life, average, twentieth 
century American standards. 

I want to put down here our results, 
and I want these results to say to the 
school teacher, the tired clerk, the worn- 
out lawyer or traveling man, “go slow 
—don’t burn your city bridges behind 
you, in your ‘Back to the Farm’ stampede.” 

Now, understand me distinctly; no- 
body believes more than | that country 
life breeds the stock that founds a nation 
well, but founders are one thing, and 
descendants of founders returning to the 
soil are another thing. That is the first 
thing I wish to make plain: the second 
is that what I am about to say may not 
apply to the West, but it does apply to 
the North Atlantic seaboard. 

Now let me give examples, proofs of 
what I am saying. 

First, I will tell you the experience of a 
young college graduate. He had capital 
behind him and with it he bought a run- 
down New England farm worth $6,000. 
He had intelligence, was not afraid of 
manual labor, loved the soil as his own 
child, and best of all had a good market 
a few miles away. He is in his seventh 
year on that farm. His farm is now beau- 
tiful to look at; it has the cleaned-up 
surface, the shining face of efficiency itself: 
but he has not yet made it pay. The 
process of learning how to farm was ex- 


pensive; the process of learning what his 
own particular farm was good for was ex- 
pensive: the process of restoring the soil — 
acres upon acres needing capital in the 
form of fertilizer — was very expensive. 
But by the tenth year he hopes to get his 
farm where it will yield him a living. He 
is the most successful city man who has 
gone back to the soil that | know. Notice, 
however, he had capital to last for ten 
years: the obstacle to him has been the 
strain from loneliness in winter. For five 
years he did not mind it, but since then it 
has been a real factor, not in the making 
but in the un-making of his nerves. The 
manual labor of the summer is tremendous 
and leaves him tired and nervous for the 
winter strain of loneliness. 

Now for a woman’s experience — the 
land venture of a tired out social worker 
in New York. She was worn out with 
the sunless, closetless, heatless, small hall 
bedroom of New York. Her health was 
giving way under it. She bought a farm 
in a verdant New York valley, big rooms, 
sunshine, food on every side, for this 
farm was in working order; she did not 
have to enter on that capital-devouring 
process, bringing up the soil. “I have 
kept my head above water,” she said, 
“but I have done it by taking into my 
house two expensive invalids supplied 
to me by an expensive New York doctor. 
Without boarders I should have long 
since gone under.” 

Now for my own experience. I went 
from a busy city life into the hen business. 

We bought 150 splendid pullets, and 
from them raised our hennery to 300 
hens and pullets. It is more than a 
year now since | first owned these hens. 
The year has been successful pullet-wise 











TWO VIEWS OF THE “BACK TO THE LAND” MOVEMENT 


but not money-wise. Our plant cost about 
$500. We did not buy but paid rent: 
our incubators, run by my brother’s in- 
telligence, worked from the start to per- 
fection: all but one of our hatches lived 
into maturity, and whenever we sold 
anything we got a good price; we avoided 
rats and foxes or they avoided us, and we 
did not have to pay one cent for labor; 
we had no devastating diseases. In 
short, two intelligent college men were 
running these hens and their intelligence 
brought success — but it did not bring 
money. 

The financial statement is this, they 
paid for their feed, but taking it all 
in all gave us nothing back for capi- 
tal invested or for living expenses — 
and all this when we did not have to 
pay one cent for labor! Fortunately we 
had behind us a good angel with a bank 
account who did pay our living expenses, 
otherwise we should have starved or gone 
back to the support of the city. Rumor — 
that rife liar — Rumor says 600 hens will 
the third or fourth year make a living. 
Now my opinion is—and this is the 
gist and purport of my article — that 
600 hens will not make a living for the tired 
social worker, or little school marm, nor yet 
for the man behind the counter and the man 
behind the desk. 

Those 600 hens will, however, make 
a living for a certain Pole now working 
on a Connecticut Valley farm. His living 
is found. During last summer he spent 
$3.67. If you are satisfied with a stand- 
ard like that buy your farm and go ahead, 
but if not, do not buy your farm, for you 
will be disappointed. 

I wish I were not speaking the truth, but 
| am afraid I am speaking the truth. 
There is something in the Eastern farm 
for the very intelligent boy born on it, and 
something for the patched straw-hatted 
Pole, Czeck, or Swede who comes on to it, 
but for you, the average city worker, there 
is nothing but loss. You do not know the 
trade; no one can know it in less than ten 
years; you are not used to manual labor; 
you are not used to loneliness — but even 
if you learn the trade and surmount the 
labor and the loneliness, the chances are 
that you will not make a living suited to 


717 


your incurable American standards. In 
putting your little all into a farm, I beg 
of you — “go slow.” 


THE WORLD’S WORK’S OPINION 


Is there indeed no hope in New England for 
the average person who really wants a farm? 
Is it fruitless to aim at success on a New 
England farmp 

There are many experiences that refute the 
foregoing — experiences of success. Under fair 
conditions, other successes can be attained. 
But the conditions are important, and most 
important of all—the quality of the person 
who does the job. 

1. Farming is a business, a good business — 
for farmers. The city man who is to succeed 
must be or become a farmer, and this involves 
temperament, physical strength, executive 
ability, business sense, and agricultural knowl- 
edge. The actual, practical experience is 
important, but secondary. What right has 
any one to suppose that the wornout mechanic, 
shop clerk, teacher, business man can buy land 
and immediately succeed in a business more 
complex and exacting, physically and mentally, 
than the business he left? For any man, any- 
where, it is essential that he read true reports 
of farming activities to acquaint himself with 
the life it means; that he study the phase of 
agriculture that interests him, and from which 
he is to derive profit; that he study the locality 
in which he will settle; that he see the land and 
know its faults and advantages before he buy 
it; that he be prepared to spend from three to 
ten years in developing the business to profitable 
proportions; and that, if possible, he spend 
some months at an agricultural school and a 
year working on a farm, before he attempt 
an independent start. 

How well equipped along any one of these 
lines was any one of the persons mentioned 
above? What could they expect but failure 
or delay? To ‘‘go slow” is indeed the vital 
advice; did any one of them follow it? 

2. Aside from these general rules, New 
England exacts other specific conditions. Her 
agriculture is that of the relatively small farm; 
it is specialized; it calls for additional skill 
and careful management. 

And soit goes. There zs an agriculture and a 
profitable one adapted to New England con- 
ditions. But it is by no means a simple matter 
of ten acres, or 600 hens, or a neatly kept 
farmyard. Study it carefully, discuss it 
with men who know, plan your campaign 
first and at all times ‘“‘go slow.” But success 
awaits a combination of the right man and 
sincere, conscientious hard work. 














Il. PROSPERITY ON A RENTED FARM IN IOWA 


BY 
RICHARD NICHOLSON 


N 1896 I started farming my own land, 

a half-section (320 acres) in north- 
western Iowa. | had had four years’ 
previous experience in farming, having 
worked as a “hired hand” ona neigh- 
boring farm owned by one of my brothers. 
For the first twelve years of my farming 
career, things went on financially pretty 
well, and despite the poor prices of the late 
’90’s for farm produce, | was able every 
year to lay away a little something against 
the proverbial rainy day, and generally 
speaking was “in constant good health.” 

In 1908, as land values in Iowa had 
advanced very materially while rents had 
not risen correspondingly, I disposed of 
my 320 acres for $90 per acre, and leased 
back, for five years, 240 acres and all the 
buildings for $4.50 an acre a year. 

In the spring of 1909, therefore, | 
started out as a “renter,” having as my 
immediate possessions 8 good work horses 
worth $200 a head; harness, farm ma- 
chinery, wagons, etc., worth about $1,000; 
3 milch cows, worth $50 apiece; 200 or 
300 chickens, and 50 brood sows worth 
$15 each. I had all my __ household 
furniture, also valued at perhaps $1,000, 
the whole investment amounting to about 
$4,500. 

] intended to feed and fatten every year, 
as I had done in the past, a considerable 
number of cattle and hogs, and I found it 
was cheaper and more satisfactory to 
borrow the necessary money from the 
local bank at 7 per cent. for this purpose, 
paying the money back as my stock went 
to market than to use my own money and 
have it lie idle between feeding periods. 

| was fortunate in retaining my old 
housekeeper, a most excellent woman, 
who receives as wages $20 a month and 
perquisites that vary from ten cents a 
pound on all the butter sold, to one half 
the red cocker spaniel pups we raise and 


sell. The latter perquisite amounted last 
year to $50. I have also two “hired 
men”’ — foreman and assistant. Each re- 


ceives $25 a month, with free board and 
washing. The foreman gets, in addition, 
5 per cent. of all the money received from 
the sale of hogs. Last year this amounted 
to more than $200. All four of us are 
keenly interested in the corn yield (this is 
our principal crop), for, when it exceeds 
50 bushels an acre, we share and share 
alike in the surplus. Last year we netted 
$25 apiece from this source. 

In 1910 on this 240 acre farm we raised 
4,540 bushels of corn worth $1,636; 
40 tons of clover hay worth $400; we 
cut for additional fodder 22 acres of corn 
valued at $550; and had left, after husk- 
ing the corn, 115 acres of corn-stalks 
(used as winter feed for cattle and horses) 
worth $115. We also raised 1,200 bushels 
of oats, which were used for horse feed; 
and an oat straw pile, worth $15. Our 
increase in stock was one colt ($70), and 
3 heifer calves worth $25 a head. 

The total income from the farm from 
all sources was $4,557.60; the total ex- 
penditures were $2,880: $1,080 for rent 
and $1,800 for wages, house and living 
expenses, etc. The net profit was $1,677.60. 

Considering that the total amount of 
my own money invested was less than 
$5,000, that as far as actual hard work 
was concerned | did little if any — simply 
exercising a close, and to me highly inter- 
esting, supervision over the farm work 
and the “feeding”? operations — | think 
the financial results are eminently satis- 
factory. I may mention that the net 
profit for 1909 was slightly less than that 
for 1910, whilst this year promises to be a 
little larger. 

I was at no time “tied down to busi- 
ness’’ — could always take a “day off” 
when I so desired — and lived a healthy, 
happy, out-of-door life. Think it over, 
you weary toilers of the city — you who 
find it hard to “keep up your end” — re- 
membering only that there are no fortunes 
to be acquired from farming — only the 
healthy pleasures of the simple life. 














+ 





THE MARCH OF THE CITIES 


THE CITY INDUSTRIAL AGENT A PART OF THE MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT OF 
NIAGARA FALLS 


BY 


EDWARD T. WILLIAMS 


NTIL July 1, 1907, the work 
of locating industrial con- 
cerns in Niagara Falls had 
been done by the power com- 
panies and inadesultory way 

by the Board of Trade through its secre- 
tary —the writer of this article. This 
secretary worked without salary, and 
was engaged in other business at the same 
time. Besides such work as he found time 
to do outside of his regular business, and 
besides such work as other members of 
the organization did, other people in the 
city helped when they happened to think 
of it or had time. But it was nobody’s 
business in particular, and so, as usual, it 
was not well done. No one adequately 
presented the advantages of Niagara 
Falls — its unlimited quantities of electric 
power delivered at the highest voltage, its 
advertising advantages, and its location. 

Now Niagara Falls employs a municipal 
industrial agent. He is paid a salary, 
gives all his time to the work, and has 
back of him the power of the city govern- 
ment. His work is done in a systematic 
manner. He is responsible, and the city 
that he represents is responsible, When 
he guarantees to a manufacturing concern 
sewer, water, and pavements, the city 
sees that they are provided. 

This new office was created by amend- 
ment to the city charter that established 
the industrial commission as a part of the 
city government. The woard of estimate 
and apportionment and the common coun- 
cil were required by this law to appropriate 
enough money to run the department. 
The commission is composed of seven 
members — the mayor, the city treasurer, 
the president of the common council, 
and four citizens appointed by the mayor. 
The terms of two of these citizen- 


commissioners expire every year, and the 
tenure of each is two years. The three 
elective officers named first also comprise 
the board of estimate and apportionment 
of the city. The mayor is chairman of 
the commission. This commission ap- 
points the city industrial agent. The 
commission meets every two weeks under 
the provisions of the city charter, and 
holds such special meetings as are nec- 
essary. The city provides an office and 
equipment as well as a stenographer for 
the commission and the industrial agent. 
The manufacturers of Niagara Falls aid 
the work of making the city attractive 
to other manufacturers by exhibiting 
in this office specimens of their crafts- 
manship. 

The city industrial agent prepares and 
circulates literature setting forth the 
advantages of the city. Every piece of 
mail matter that he sends out contains 
a boost for Niagara Falls. He gets the 
local manufacturing and business concerns 
to use it. He carries his propaganda 
beyond merely industrial lines. For ex- 
ample, he recently codperated with the 
state senator from Niagara Falls to get 
a bill passed by the last legislature appro- 
priating $1,000,000 for the immediate 
construction of trunk highways north 
and south and east and west through 
Niagara County. These highways will 
make Niagara Falls a better market and 
benefit all of its inhabitants by placing 
a better supply of farm products within 
their convenient reach. Again, the in- 
dustrial agent has encouraged as many 
public improvements as_ possible, for 
these make the city an attractive place 
to live in and to do business in. But mere 
extravagance is opposed, for the manu- 
facturer has a watchful eye for the tax 





St SAN A Aa ag 





ee : 
Fe 8 a dame 


st exe 





‘rate. Sewers, water, and pavements are 


necéssary for .most~ manufacturing con- 
cerns, and the industrial agent takes up 
these matters with prospective manu- 
facturers. He also arranges to have 
railroad spurs laid to factories. He fur- 
nishes information about freight rates, 
either in bulk or in package. He keeps 


a mass of detailed information about .-the . 


city at his fingertips: for example, that 
electric power — which is available twenty- 
four hours in the day by the turn ofa 
switch as against ten hours for steam — is 
sold at half the cost of steam. And he puts 
these facts constantly before the manu- 
facturing world. 

Every year the city industrial agent 
investigates hundreds of manufacturing 
projects, good, bad, and indifferent, reach- 
ing out for advantageous propositions. 
His task is as surely to scare away com- 
panies of a suspicious sort as it is to se- 
cure the permanent establishment of re- 
liable houses. 

The efficiency of _an industrial agent is 
illustrated by the following incident: 
Into Niagara Falls one afternoon came 
Mr. William ]. White, who had been exten- 
sively engaged in the manufacture of 
chewing gum, but who retired several years 
ago. He now planned to go into business 
again. He visited Buffalo and hired a 
taxicab in order to look around. He 
continued his investigations until he 
reached Niagara Falls. There he went 
into a hotel and told the proprietor his 
mission. The hotel man immediately 
telephoned to the city industrial agent, 
who was at the hotel in three minutes. 
Mr. White wanted a building already 
erected, and there were few available. 
He left the city without finding what he 
wanted. The industrial agent took his 
address and made a careful investigation 
of the city. In a few days he wrote to 
Mr. White in New York that he thought 
he had the building, and the result was 
that Mr. White made another visit to 
Niagara Falls, during which the city was 
viewed at every angle. He then made 
trips to New York, Chicago, and St. 
Louis, but the outcome, after weeks of 
work and careful consideration, was that 
Mr. White decided to locate his plant 





20.7" THE WORLD’S WORK 


in Niagara Falls and to locate another 
plant in Niagara Falls, Canada, as he 
would be able to handle them both 
economically. By that effort of its city 


‘industrial agent, Niagara Falls now has 


a new industry whose product is valued 
at more than $5,000 a day, wholesale. 
The location of that plant alone, in the 
matter of _the employment of. labor, 
freight shipments, the bringing of new 
people into the city, etc., is worth more 
than the salary of the industrial agent 
for a year. 

Another case: A man living in Canada 
told the industrial agent about a very 
successful ‘manufacturing concern, the 
Wagstaffe Company in Hamilton, Ont., 
that .was ambitious to supply the 
American market. It-had set up a small 
temporary plant in cramped quarters in 
Buffalo to “feel” the American market. 
The industrial agent got in touch with 
Mr. James Wagstaffe and showed him the 
city thoroughly. He met him every time 
he came to Niagara. Falls, and he 
remained with him until he left. In 
addition to the other. advantages of the 
city, he emphasized the fact that the 
raw material for such a plant was near at 
hand in large quantities in the Niagara 
fruit belt. The result was that Mr. 
Wagstaffe purchased five acres of land 
in Niagara Falls and built a large plant 
there. 

In this way, five new industrial con- 
cerns were brought to Niagara Falls in 
1911. One of these was Greif Brothers 
Company, of Cleveland, O., who oper- 
ated a large cooperage. They had some 
correspondence last summer with the 
industrial agent about locating at Niagara 
Falls. The industrial agent went to 
Cleveland and a deal was closed. The 
company has twenty-two plants in five 
states and it made 7,000,000 barrels in 
1910. Another was the Niagara Chocolate 
Company, that has just broken ground in 
Niagara Falls for a $100,000 plant. 

Altogether, Niagara Falls has demon- 
strated that a city industrial agent, paid 
to devote all his time to increasing the 
number of productive enterprises in the 
city, can be a very useful and profitable 
member of the municipal government. 


- 








(Have You a Littte ‘Fairy’ in Your Home?” 


White and Pure 


Purity is the first requisite in a toilet and bath 
soap. Fairy soap is pure because it is made from 
choice edible products. Besides, its floating oval cake 

s is a distinct advantage over other white toilet 
' soaps. Costs but 5c, but you cannot get better 
Soap at any price. 





THE N. K. FAIRBANK COMPANY 
CHICAGO 











STICK POWDER . CREAM 


Each man to his taste in method, but tc 
each the same result—that perfect— 


COCGATE ¢ 


SHAVING CATHER 


You now have your choice of three ways of Best in its lasting abundance, best in its an- 
making Colgate’s lasting luxurious lather and _tiseptic qualities and best in its exceptional 
of shaving in comfort. freedom from uncombined alkali. 


Softening, soothing, sanitary—whichever way Do not ill-treat your face and handicap your 
razor by using an inferior lather. 


Three methods- one result 
Colgate’s Shaving Stick, Rapid Shave Powder and Shaving Cream 


you make it. 


, | Trial size of 
: “IM Stick, Powder COLGATE & CO., f 1G 
. or Cream sent y Dept. T i 


for 4. cons 199 Fulton Street. New York 





THE COUNTRY LIFE PRESS, GARDEN CITY, NEW YORK